Item 11 2023-01155 Supplement Budgetary Adjustments and Contract Supplement No. 1 Fire Apparatus [Published for 10-Day Review 09 07 2023] — Sacramento City Council, September 19, 2023 (part 1 of 3)

City of Sacramento
City Council - 5PM Report
915 I Street Sacramento, CA 95814
www.cityofsacramento.org
File ID: 2023-01155 9/19/2023 Consent Item 11.

Supplement: Budgetary Adjustments and Contract Supplement No. 1: Fire Apparatus [Published for 10-Day Review 09/07/2023]
File ID: 2023-01155
Location: Citywide
Recommendation: Adopt a Resolution: authorizing the City Manager or the City Manager’s designee to: 1) a) increase the revenue and expenditure budgets by $3,095,799 in the Department of Public Works operating budget in the Fleet Fund (Fund 6501); 2) appropriate the Intergovernmental Transfer (IGT) commitment of General Fund (Fund 1001) in the amount of $800,000 to the Fire Apparatus Equipment Project (F12000300); 3) execute Contract Supplement No. 1 with Golden State Fire Apparatus (Contract 113021-OKC) for the purchase of one ladder truck and one new fire engine for an amount not to exceed of $3,095,799 for a revised total contract not-to-exceed amount of $7,072,334; 4) authorizing the City Manager or City Manager designee to execute the purchase specified above.

Contact: Bobbie Small, Program Specialist, (916) 808-6711, [email protected]; Alison Kerstetter, Fleet Manager, (916) 808-1163, [email protected]; Department of Public Works
Presenter: None
Attachments:
1 - Description/Analysis
2 - Contract Supplement No. 1
3 - Resolution
Additional Description/Analysis
Issue Detail: The Department of Public Works, Fleet Management Division, has an essential need to purchase one ladder truck and one additional engine for the Sacramento Fire Department to provide emergency services for future development throughout the City and ensure replacement of vehicles as they reach their end of life. Due to the long lead time for purchasing a fire apparatus, it’s necessary to place the orders this fiscal year. The ladder truck will be used for easy access among trees and closely spaced buildings. The engine will be used for responding to fires.

Page 1 of 3 ends

File ID: 2023-01155 9/19/2023 Consent Item 11.

Policy Considerations: The recommendations in this report are in accordance with Sacramento City Code Chapter 3.56, which requires City Council approval of purchases of $250,000 or greater, and Sacramento City Council Rules of Procedure, Chapter 7, Section E.2.d, which requires additional posting time for labor agreements and agreements greater than $1 million. This item was published for 10-day review on September 7, 2023, in compliance with the City Code.

Economic Impacts: None.

Environmental Considerations:

California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA): No environmental review is necessary because the recommendations in this report involve the purchase of vehicles and are not considered to be a project in accordance with Section 15378(b)(2) of the California Environmental Quality Act guidelines.

Sustainability: The recommended purchases are consistent with the Fleet Sustainability Policy, adopted by City Council on December 12, 2017 (Resolution No. 2017-0478).

Commission/Committee Action: None.

Rationale for Recommendation: The Sacramento Fire Department has requested to place an order to purchase a replacement ladder truck and an additional fire engine. The ladder truck was originally scheduled to be replaced in fiscal year 2025.The additional fire engine will be used to service the newly developed Delta Shores area. The manufacturing schedule for these units is approximately 3.5 years. Fleet Management recommends approval of these purchases to ensure that the fire truck and engine are delivered in a timely manner.

Financial Considerations: The recommended purchase, in a total amount not to exceed $3,095,799 will be made from the Department of Public Works Fiscal Year (FY) 2023/24 operating budget (Fleet Fund, Fund 6501) and will be charged to the Fire Apparatus Equipment Project (F12000300).

Upon completion of the appropriation of $800,000 from the IGT commitment of the General Fund balance (Fund 1001) to the Fire Apparatus Equipment Project (F12000300) and increase of the revenue and expenditure budget to the Department of Public Works Fiscal Year 2023/24 operating budget in the amount of $3,095,799 there will be sufficient funding to support the recommended purchase.

According to Resolution 2019-0378, adopting the updated Delta Shores Finance Plan and establishing the Delta Shores Impact Fee, developer fees will be used to purchase numerous public capital facilities, including a fire station and fire apparatus. The impact fees collected from the Delta Shores public facility fee program will reimburse $800,000 to the IGT commitment of General Fund

Page 2 of 3 ends

File ID: 2023-01155 9/19/2023 Consent Item 11.
(Fund 1001). The remaining amount, estimated at $407,785 will be reimbursed to the Fire Apparatus Equipment Project. The actual cost will be determined upon receipt of the engine.

Local Business Enterprise (LBE): Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. is an LBE.

Page 3 of 3 ends

goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

City of Sacramento
5770 Freeport Blvd, Suite 2
Sacramento, CA 95822
Sales Consultant
Brad Hansen
[email protected]
Mobile: (916) 869-6072
P
SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 08/24/2023 09/24/2023 10824- 23AB 784 Pierce
Manufacturing Inc.

Sourcewell #113021-
OKC-1,
ID #236 – Member
#18730

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing Inc. 107’ Velocity Ascendant Ladder Truck 1,637,499.57 B Fire Fighting Equipment Allowance 135,000.00
C Fire Fighting Equipment Mounting Allowance 25,000.00
D Discount for Sourcewell contract #113021-OKC-1, ID #236 (65,066.00) E SUBOTAL 1,732,433.57
F 8.75% State Sales Tax 151,587.94
G California Tire Fee 17.50
H 100% Performance Bond 3,975.00
I GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 1,888,014.01
goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal dated 0 8/24/23, GSFA Proposal Number 10824-23AB to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY CUSTOMER
AU
THORIZED CUSTOMER REPRESENTATIVE:
__
_____________________________________
Signature
__
_____________________________________
Print Name
__
_____________________________________
Title
__
_____________________________________
Date

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY GSFA
AU
THORIZED GSFA REPRESENTATIVE:
__
_____________________________________
Signature
__
_____________________________________
Print Name
___
____________________________________
Title
__
_____________________________________
Date
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

SPECIFICATIONS
Exhibit “B”
3 Proposal Details Report
OptionCode Type Option ProposalText
0766639 Boiler Plates, Aerial 107' ASL, w/o
Pump
Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc is pleased to submit a proposal to City of Sacramento for a Pierce®107' Heavy Duty Aerial Ladder per your request for quotation. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed.

This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications.

PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in 1913. Since then we have been building bodies with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over 75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than 62,500 apparatus, including more than 33,900 on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000 total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 105 acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has 300,000 square feet of floor space situated on approximately 38 acres of land.

Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market.

Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification.

In accordance with the current edition of NFPA 1901 standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment.

Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment.

GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system.

QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D1.1-2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D1.2-2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B2.1-2000 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000 and is performed to American Welding Society standards A5.20-E70T1. Furthermore, all employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality.

Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal.

In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to insure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand.

That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce.

To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least twenty five (25) fire departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided.

DELIVERY
The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to insure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty. A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered.

MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION
At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle.

SAFETY VIDEO
At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39-minute, professionally produced apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance.

PERFORMANCE TESTS
A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than 5/16/2023
Customer: City of Sacramento Fire
Department
Bid Number: 784
Representative Hansen, Brad Job Number:

Requirements Manager: Organization: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc Description: SFD 107' Velocity HD Ladder Tr
Chassis: Velocity Chassis, Aerials, Tandem Axle, Ascendant/LSL, (Big Block), 2010 Body: Aerial, HD Ladder 107' ASL Tandem, No Pump, Alum Body 1784Bid #:
ten (
10 ) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than
50 percent on the front axle, and not less than
50 percent nor more than
75 percent on the rear axle.

The apparatus will meet NFPA
1901
acceleration and braking requirements.

SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT
Pierce dealership support will be provided by
Golden State Emergency Vehicle Service Inc
by
operating
a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within twenty five (
25 ) miles
of the fire department.

In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000
square
feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000
in parts dedicated to
service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts.

Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes.

As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operators manual library is available for easy reference.

Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel,
dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a
24 hour
7 day a week toll free hot line,
four (
4 ) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year.

LIABILITY
The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 )
years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance:

Each Occurrence
$1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate
$1,000,000
Personal and Advertising Injury
$1,000,000
General Aggregate
$2,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy.

The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract.

COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form:

Each Accident Combined Single Limit:
$1,000,000

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 )
years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Aggregate:
$3,000,000
Each Occurrence:
$3,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (
1 ) or more policies provided all other
insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a
30 -day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER

PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years
following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance:

Each Occurrence
$1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate
$1,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer.

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years
following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum 2 784
Bid #:

limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Each Occurrence:
$25,000,000
Aggregate:
$25,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (
1 ) or more policies provided all other
insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder.
0018180
Single Source Compliance, Aerials

SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pump house (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) body and aerial device will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer.

Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality. 0584456
Manufacture Location, Appleton,
Wisconsin
Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. 0584452
RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin

0588609
Vehicle Destination, US

0670275
Unit to be Similar in some Aspects,
Excluding Pump Panel

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
The apparatus being proposed will be designed and built to match the 31138
. However, some
variation may be necessary due to changes in our manufacturing processes or our product offering. Revisions in NFPA guidelines and/or other regulations may also affect our ability to match the previous unit.
0610784
Comply NFPA 1901 Changes
Effective Jan 1, 2016, With
Exceptions
NFPA
2016

STANDARDS
This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1 ,
2016
, except for fire
department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions.

Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus.

All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than

48.00 "
above the ground must be defined by a

1.00 " wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack.

A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating.

The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications.

An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results.
0533349
Aerial Fire Apparatus

0588613
Vehicle Certification, Aerial w/o Pump

3 784
Bid #:

0681279
Agency, Apparatus Certification,
Aerial w/o Pump, U.L.

NFPA COMPLIANCY
Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA".

INSPECTION CERTIFICATE
A third party inspection certificate for the aerial device will be furnished upon delivery of the aerial device. The certificate will be Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Type 1 and will indicate that the
aerial device has been inspected on the production line and after final assembly.

Visual structural inspections will be performed on all welds on both aluminum and steel ladders.

On critical weld areas, or on any suspected defective area, the following tests will be conducted:

Magnetic particle inspection will be conducted on steel aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. Magnets will be placed on each side of the weld while iron powder is placed on the weld itself. The powder will detect any crack that may exist. This test will conform to ASTM E
709
and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial
device.

A liquid penetrant test will be conducted on aluminum aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. This test will conform to ASTM E 165
and be
performed prior to assembly of the aerial device.

Ultrasonic inspection will conducted on all aerials to detect any flaws in pins, bolts and other critical mounting components.

In addition to the tests above, functional tests, load tests, and stability tests will be performed on all aerials. These tests will determine any unusual deflection, noise, vibration, or instability characteristics of the unit.

GENERATOR TEST
If the unit has a generator, the generator will be tested, approved, and certified by Underwriters Laboratories at the manufacturer's expense. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery.

BREATHING AIR TEST
If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and certify that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989
,
Standard on
Breathing Air
Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. 0891947
Certification, Vehicle Inspection
Program, NFPA 1901

VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION
To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA
1901
standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will
be third-party, independent, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition. The certification includes: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus.

A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. 0799172

FLEET CUSTOMER

0092138
Highly Customized Product (HCP)

PRODUCT CHANGES AND IMPROVEMENTS
Our components and processes, as described in this proposal document, are as accurate as known at the time of bid submission, but are subject to change for the purpose of product or process improvements, or changes in industry standards providing the change does not affect the meaning or definition of the bid specifications.
0766110
Consortium, Sourcewell

0535579
Not Required, Unit of Measure, (no
pump, no tank)
0030006
Bid Bond Not Requested

BID BOND NOT REQUESTED
A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply:

All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5%
bid bond to
accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S.

Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570
. The
bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty, and for the
prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract.

Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety
bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail.
4 784
Bid #:

0807710
Performance Bond, 100% with 25%
Warranty Bond, 1 Yr, and Payment
Bond

PERFORMANCE BOND,
1 YEAR
The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100
percent
of the total contract amount within
30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570
) with a minimum A.M. Best
Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required.

Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One ( 1 ) Year Limited
Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to
25 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (
1 ) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter.

Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith estimate as of the date of this order/contract, and merely an approximation based on current information. Delivery updates will be made available, and a final firm delivery date will be provided as soon as possible.
0000007
Approval Drawing

APPROVAL DRAWING
A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc.

A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 0002928
Electrical Diagrams

ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
Two (
2 ) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. 0786878
Velocity Chassis, Aerials, Tandem
Axle, Ascendant/LSL, (Big Block),
2010

VELOCITY CHASSIS
The Pierce Velocity® is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength and capacity for the intended load to be sustained and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab.
0021007
Maximum Overall Height

MAXIMUM OVERALL HEIGHT
The maximum overall height of the apparatus will be
141.00
" (
11 '-

9.00 ")
.
0000110
Wheelbase

WHEELBASE
The wheelbase of the vehicle will be
248.50
"
.
0000070
GVW Rating

GVW RATING
The gross vehicle weight rating will be
68,050
lbs
.
0000203
Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x .375,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/DCF

FRAME
The chassis frame will be built with two (
2 ) steel channels bolted to five (
5 ) cross members or
more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a

13.38 " tall web over
the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to

10.75 " over the rear
axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of

25.992
cubic inches and a resisting bending
moment (rbm) of
3,119,040
in-lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of

18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of
2,275,200
in-lb over the rear axle. The frame rails
will be constructed of
120,000
psi yield strength heat-treated

0.38 " thick steel with

3.50 " wide
flanges.
0889469
Frame Liner, "C/Inv L" 12.50" x 3.00"
x .25", AXT/Vel/Imp/Enf, 56" QVal

FRAME REINFORCEMENT
In addition, a mainframe internal liner will be provided. The liner will be an internal "C" design that steps to an internal "L" design over the rear axle. It will be heat-treated steel measuring

12.50 " x

3.00 " x

0.25 " through the front portion of the liner, stepping to

9.38 " x

3.00 " x

0.25 " through the
rear portion of the liner. Each liner will have a section modulus of

13.58 cubic inches, yield
strength of
110,000
psi, and rbm of
1,494,042
in-lb. Total rbm at wheelbase center will be
4,391,869
in-lb.

The frame liner will be mounted inside of the chassis frame rail and extend the full length of the frame.
5 784
Bid #:

0777891
SP
Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non
Drive, 20,050 lb, Imp/Vel

FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE
The Oshkosh TAK-
4 ® front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of
20,050
lb.

Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of
100,000
-psi yield strength
8630
steel and the lower control arm casting will be
made of
55,000
-psi yield ductile iron.

The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000
-psi yield strength
steel.

Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations.

There will be nine (
9 ) grease fittings supplied, one (
1 ) on each control arm pivot and one (
1 ) on
the steering gear extension.

The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load.

Camber at load will be
0 degrees for optimum tire life.

The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free.

Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be provided.

The wheel ends will have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle.

The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase.

The axle will have a turning angle of up to
45 degrees.
0010427
Suspension, Front TAK-4, 22,800 lb,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/Enf/SFR

FRONT SUSPENSION
Front Oshkosh TAK-
4 ™
independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of
22,800
lb.

The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.

Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.

The suspension design will be such that there is at least

10.00 " of total wheel travel and a
minimum of

3.75 " before suspension bottoms.

The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims.

One can adjust for a lean within
15 minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side.

The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000
miles of
inner city driving.
0087572
Shock Absorbers, KONI, TAK-4,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/DCF/Enf

FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERS
KONI heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers will be provided on the front suspension. 0000322
Oil Seals, Front Axle

FRONT OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. 0802633
Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor Max
MSA, 385/65R22.50, 18 ply, Fire Ser.

Load Rtg

FRONT TIRES
Front tires will be Goodyear
385/65
R

22.5 radials,
18 ply Armor Max MSA tread, rated for
20,050

lb maximum axle load and
68 mph maximum speed.
0019611
Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x

12.25", Aluminum, Hub Pilot

The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc type wheels with a ten (10)stud, 11.25" bolt circle.
0530478
Axle, Rear, Meritor RT46-160, 48,000
lb, Imp/Vel/DCF

REAR AXLE
The rear axle will be a Meritor
™,
Model RT-
46-160
, tandem axle assembly with a capacity of
48,000
lb.

An inter-axle differential, which divides torque evenly between axles, will be provided on the rear axle with an indicator light mounted on the cab instrument panel. 6 784
Bid #:

0602744
Top Speed of Vehicle, Non-NFPA
2016 Compliant

TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition requires limits on the top speed of vehicles. NFPA

4.15.2 requires that
the maximum top speed of fire apparatus with a GVWR over 26,000
lb will not exceed either
68 mph or the manufacturer's maximum fire service speed rating for the tires installed on the apparatus, whichever is lower. NFPA

4.15.3 requires that if the combined water tank and foam agent tank on the fire apparatus exceed
1250
gallons or the GVWR of the vehicle is over
50,000

lb, the maximum top speed of the apparatus will not exceed either 60 mph or the manufacturer's
maximum fire service speed rating for the tires installed on the apparatus, whichever is lower. It is the intention of the standard to improve safety by limiting the speed of all apparatus to 68 mph,
and tankers or heavy apparatus to
60 mph. By requesting an exception to this requirement, the purchasing authority is consciously choosing to operate their apparatus at speeds above the limits designated as safe speeds by the NFPA Technical Committee on Fire Department Apparatus.

The top speed of the apparatus as manufactured exceeds the NFPA requirements. Per fire department specification of a top speed that exceeds NFPA requirements, the apparatus will be non-compliant to NFPA
1901
standards at time of contract execution.

A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach an approximate top speed of 68 MPH
.
0555353
Suspen, Rear, Hendrickson FMX 482
EX, Air Ride, 48,000 lb

REAR SUSPENSION
Rear suspension will be a Hendrickson, Model FMX
482
EX, air ride with a ground rating of
48,000
lb. The suspension will have the following features:

Outboard vertical mounted heavy-duty shock absorbers
Utilizes track bars and torque rods to restrict lateral axle movement and maintain constant pinion angles
Super heavy-duty transverse beam to help reduce axle stress while increasing roll stability or resistance to lean
Low spring rate air springs for excellent ride quality
Dual height control valves to maintain level vehicle from side to side 0000485
Oil Seals, Rear Axle

REAR OIL SEALS
Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s).
0782551
Tires, Rear, Goodyear, Endurance
RSA, 12R22.50, LRH, Tandem

REAR TIRES
Rear tires will be eight (
8 ) Goodyear
12 R

22.50 radials, load range H, Endurance RSA, highway
tread, rated for
54,240
lb maximum axle load and
75 mph maximum speed.
0019639
Wheels, Rear, Alcoa, 22.50" x 8.25",
Aluminum, Hub Pilot, Tandem

The tires will be mounted on Alcoa© 22.50" x 8.25" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud 11.25" bolt circle.
0568081
Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads

TIRE BALANCE
All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights.
0620569
Tire Pressure Monitoring,
RealWheels, AirSecure, Valve Cap,
Tandem Axle

TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT
There will be a RealWheels LED AirSecure
™
tire alert pressure management system provided,
that will monitor each tire's pressure. A sensor will be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of
10 tires
.

The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between
10 and
200
psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops
5 to
8 psi.

Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start to flash. 0801909
Lug Nut, Covers, Chrome

CHROME LUG NUT COVERS
Chrome lug nut covers will be supplied on front and rear wheels. 0002045
Mud Flap, Front and Rear, Pierce
Logo

MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels. 0601010
Chocks, Wheel, SAC-44-E, Folding,
Aerials

WHEEL CHOCKS
There will be
one (
1 ) pair
of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-
44 -E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc
wheel blocks, with easy-grip handle provided.
0601009
Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC-44-
E, Folding, Horizontal, Aerials

Wheel Chock Brackets
There will be
one (
1 ) pair
of Zico, Model SQCH-
44 -H, horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets
provided for the Ziamatic, Model SAC-
44 -E, folding wheel chocks. The brackets will be made of aluminum and consist of a quick release spring loaded rod to hold the wheel chocks in place. The brackets will be mounted
forward of the left side rear tire
.
7 784
Bid #:

0010673
ABS Wabco Brake System, Tandem
Rear Axle

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The vehicle will be equipped with a Wabco
4 S
4 M, anti-lock braking system. The ABS will provide
a four (
4 ) channel anti-lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels (rear tandem wheels). A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti- lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control.
0652082
Brakes, Meritor, EX225, 17", Disc
Plus, TAK-4
BRAKES
The service brake system will be full air type.

The front brake calipers will be Meritor® DiscPlus
™
EX
225
air disc type. The brake rotors will be

17.00 " ventilated.
0509207
Brakes, Meritor, EX225, Disc Plus,
Rear, Tandem Axle
The rear brakes will be Meritor
™,
Disc Plus, EX225 disc operated with automatic slack adjusters and a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. 0020784
Air Compressor, Brake,
Cummins/Wabco 18.7 CFM

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR
The air compressor will be a Cummins/WABCO with

18.7 cubic feet per minute output.
0000789
Brake Reservoirs, Five

BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system will include:

Bendix dual brake treadle valve
Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer
Total air system capacity of
6,653
cubic inches
Two (
2 ) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below
60 psi
Spring set parking brake system
Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, will be provided with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi
A pressure protection valve will be provided to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below 80 psi (
550
kPa).

Quarter turn drain valves on each air tank
The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750
hour salt spray test.

To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. 0587034
Air Dryer, Bendix, AD-IP w/Heat,
2010

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER
The air dryer will be a Bendix AD-IP, with coalescing filter and heater. 0542810
Brake Lines, Wire Braided,
Qtm/AXT/Dash CF

BRAKE LINES
Wire braided reinforced rubber brake lines will be provided for the chassis air brake system, up to the individual line coupler fittings, located in the chassis frame forward of the front axle.

The coupler fittings will be the separation point for all air lines going to the front of the chassis and into the cab.

The air lines going into the cab will be nylon, wrapped in loom.

The area where the nylon air lines run will be well protected inside the frame rails.

The brake lines will not be painted.
0729902
SP
Inlet/Outlet, Air, w/Disconnect Fitting,
1/4" NPT

AIR INLET/OUTLET
One (
1 ) air inlet/outlet
will be installed with the female coupling located
in the driver's side cab
step area
. This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system and include a check valve in the inlet line and an
85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line. The air outlet will be controlled by a needle valve.

A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment.

The air inlet will allow a shoreline air hose to be connected to the vehicle. This will allow station air to be supplied to the brake system of the vehicle to insure constant air pressure.

The male and female couplings will have .
250
" NPT thread.
0070810
All Wheel Lockup (Aerial/Tanker
Chassis)

ALL WHEEL LOCK-UP
An additional all wheel lock-up system will be installed which applies air to the front brakes only.

The standard spring brake control valve system will be used for the rear. 0541937
Switch, Locking, Front Wheel Lock
Control
A locking switch will be provided to help prevent accidental activation of the front wheel lock control.
8 784
Bid #:

0012034
Moisture Ejector, Manual, Remote
Mounted

MANUAL MOISTURE EJECTOR(S)
Five (
5 ) manual moisture ejectors
will be installed in the brake system. The moisture ejector will be remote mounted on the driver side of vehicle, as close to the edge of vehicle as possible. A loop will be provided at the moisture ejector, to allow for ease of pulling the drain. Each moisture ejector will have a label directly under the ejector, stating air tank drain. Nylon tubing, . 38 "
diameter, will be routed from the air tank to the moisture ejector. The nylon tubing will be covered with protective split loom. The moisture ejector(s) will be provided on the each tank. Pull cables to
be located at the area forward of the wheel chocks on the drivers side See photo #32
.
reservoir
(s).
0808495
Engine, Cummins X15, 500 hp, 1850
lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2027, Velocity
ENGINE
The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below:

Make:

Cummins®
Model:

X
15 Power:
512
hp at
1500
rpm
Torque:
1850
lb-ft at
950
rpm
Governed Speed:
2000
rpm
Emissions Level:

EPA
2027
Fuel:

Diesel
Cylinders:

Six (
6 )
Displacement:
912
cubic inches (

14.9 L)
Starter:

Delco
39 MT+
™
Fuel Filters:

Frame mounted spin-on style primary filter with water separator and water-in-fuel sensor. Engine mounted secondary spin-on style filter.

The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected.

The engine will be filled with FA-
4 10
W
30 oil as required by Cummins.
0000000
STF
Engine Contingency Adjustment
0730808
Filters, Remote Mounted, Oil, Fuel,
X15, VEL/AXT/Enf

REMOTE MOUNTED ENGINE FILTERS
The engine fuel and oil filters will be remote mounted for ease of maintenance. 0001244
High Idle w/Electronic Engine,
Custom

HIGH IDLE
A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation.

The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." 0687994
Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression
Brake, Cummins Engine

ENGINE BRAKE
A Jacobs® engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver.

The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low
setting
.

The engine brake will activate when the system is on and the throttle is released.

The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine.

The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated.

The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required. 0552334
Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Horton
Drive Master

CLUTCH FAN
A Horton® fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and fully engaged in "Pump" position. 9 784
Bid #:

0123135
Air Intake, w/Ember separator,
Imp/Vel

ENGINE AIR INTAKE
An air intake with an ember separator (to prevent road dirt, burning embers, and recirculating hot air from entering the engine) will be mounted at the front of the apparatus, on the passenger side of the engine. The ember separator will be mounted in the air intake with flame retardant, roto- molded polyethylene housing. It will be easily accessible by the hinged access panel at the front of the vehicle.
0794743
Exhaust System, 5", X12/X15, MX13,
Engine, Horizontal, Right Side

EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system will include a Single Module
™
aftertreatment device to meet current EPA
standards. The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the inlet of the aftertreatment device, and will be

5.00 " in diameter. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipes between the turbo and aftertreatment device to minimize the heat loss to the aftertreatment device. The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels.

A tailpipe diffuser will be provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser.
0781217
SP
Exhaust, Modified 35 Degree - Flush
With Rubrail, Approval Req'd

EXHAUST MODIFICATION
The exhaust pipe will be brought out from under the body at a 35 degree angle to the rear.

The diffuser will not be cut straight to the body, and the outer edge will be flush with the body rubrail. There will be a minimum of

2.50 " from the exhaust pipe to the under side of the body heat shield. The last

7.00 " of the exhaust will be free of hangers and/or clamps. 0683310
Diffuser, Exhaust, Modified For
Extraction, 5"x7"x5", Flush With Rub
Rail, CARE

EXHAUST MODIFICATION
The exhaust pipe will be
90 degrees to the body.

The diffuser will be reduced to

5.00 " in the center to accommodate the fire department's air recovery system. The

5.00 " extension pipe coming out of the end of the diffuser will be flush with the body rub rail. There will be a minimum of

4.00 " clearance between the top of the

5.00 "
extension and the bottom of the body.

There will be a minimum of

2.50 " from the exhaust pipe to the under side of the body heat shield.

The last

7.00 " of the exhaust will be free of hangers and/or clamps. 0787999
Radiator, Impel/Velocity

RADIATOR
The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards.

For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The core will be made of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes. The tubes will be brazed to aluminum headers.

The radiator core will have a minimum frontal area of
1434
square inches. Supply tank made of
glass-reinforced nylon and a return tank of cast aluminum alloy will be crimped on to the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly.

The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions.

There will be a full steel frame around the entire radiator core assembly. The radiator core assembly will be isolated within the steel frame by rubber inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability. The radiator will be mounted in such a manner as to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven ground. The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators.

The radiator assembly will include an integral de-aeration tank permanently mounted to the top of the radiator framework, with a readily accessible remote-mounted overflow tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a
15 psi pressure relief cap.

A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system.

A heavy-duty fan will draw in fresh, cool air through the radiator. Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 0511425
Cooling Hoses, Rubber

COOLANT LINES
Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by the chassis manufacturer.

Hose clamps will be stainless steel "constant torque type" to prevent coolant leakage. They will react to temperature changes in the cooling system and expand or contract accordingly while maintaining a constant clamping pressure on the hose.
0001125
Fuel Tank, 65 Gallon, Left Side Fill

FUEL TANK
A
65 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank will be constructed of
12 -gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps.

0.75 " drain plug will be located in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be located on the left hand side of the body and is covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only." A

0.50 " diameter vent will be installed from tank top to just below fuel fill inlet.

The fuel tank will meet all FHWA
393.67
requirements including a fill capacity of
95 percent of
tank volume.
0001129
Lines, Fuel
All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. 10 784
Bid #:

0764563
DEF Tank, 8.0 Gallon, LS Fill,
Forward of Rear Axle

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK
An

8.0 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the left side body forward of the rear axle.

0.50 " drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be provided and marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only". The fill inlet will be located behind a,
painted
door on the left side of the vehicle.

The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the
event of tank freezing.

The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing.
0723716
Fuel Priming Pump, Electronic,
Automatic, Cummins, No Swt Req'd

FUEL PRIMING PUMP
A Cummins automatic electronic fuel priming pump will be integrated as part of the engine. 0582243
Shutoff Valves, Fuel Line @ Primary
Filter, Cummins

FUEL SHUTOFF
A fuel line shutoff valve will be installed on both the inlet and outlet of the primary fuel filter. 0553019
Cooler, Engine Fuel, Imp/Vel,
AXT/Qtm/Sab/DCF/SFR/Enf

FUEL COOLER
An air to fuel cooler will be installed in the engine fuel return line. 0665235
Door, Fuel Fill with Cap Holder, No
Chain
The fuel filler door will include a holder for the fuel fill cap. 0578959
Fuel/Water Separator, Racor Inline

FUEL SEPARATOR
The engine will be equipped with a Racor in-line spin-on fuel and water separator in addition to the engine fuel filters.
0801890
Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4500 EVS P,
w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/Enf

TRANSMISSION
An Allison
6 th generation, Model EVS
4500
P, electronic, torque converting, automatic
transmission will be provided.

The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due.

Two (
2 ) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and
1 o'clock).

A transmission temperature gauge with amber light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel.
0512762
Transmission, Shifter, 6-Spd, Push
Button, 4500, Imp/Vel/Qtm/DCF/Enf

TRANSMISSION SHIFTER
A six (
6 )-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation.

The transmission ratio will be:
1 st -

4.70 to

1.00 ,
2 nd -

2.21 to

1.00 ,
3 rd -

1.53 to

1.00 ,
4 th -

1.00 to

1.00 ,
5 th -

0.76 to

1.00 ,
6 th -

0.67 to

1.00 , R -

5.55 to

1.00 .
0684459
Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine,
External

TRANSMISSION COOLER
A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature.
0805613
SP
Adj, 6th Gen Transmission, DO NOT
SEND
0522824
Mode, Downshift, Aggressive
downshift to 3rd, w/engine brake, 6
speed
DOWNSHIFT MODE (w/engine brake)
The transmission will be provided with an aggressive downshift mode.

This will provide earlier transmission downshifts to
3 rd gear from
6 th gear, resulting in improved
engine braking performance.
0559012
Program, Transmission, Shift To
Neutral, With Prk Brk

TRANSMISSION PROGRAM
The transmission will shift to neutral when parking brake is set. 0565656
Fluid, 4000/4500 Series
Transmission,TranSynd synthetic,
IPOS, Custom

TRANSMISSION FLUID
The transmission will be provided with TranSynd heavy duty synthetic transmission fluid. 0001375
Driveline, Spicer 1810

DRIVELINE
Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1810
universal joints.

The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation.

A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. 11 784
Bid #:

0669988
Steering, Sheppard M110 w/Tilt,
TAK-4, Eaton Pump, w/Cooler

STEERING
Dual Sheppard, Model M
110
, steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and an Eaton, Model VN
20 , hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings.

A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations.
0001544
Not Required, Steering Assist
Cylinder on Front Axle

0509230
Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke without
Controls

STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel will be

18.00 " in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a 4 -
spoke design.
0550144
Logo/Emblem, on Horn Button

LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON HORN BUTTON
The steering wheel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (
3 ) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (
8 ) characters in the first row,
11 characters in the second row and
11 characters in the third row.

The first row of text will be:

CITY
The second row of text will be:

OF
The third row of text will be:

SACRAMENTO
0123628
Bumper, Non-Extended, Imp/Vel

BUMPER
A one (
1 ) piece, ten (
10 ) gauge
304-2
B polished stainless steel bumper, minimum of

10.00 " high,
will be attached to the front of the chassis frame.

9.00 " formed steel channel will be mounted directly behind bumper for additional strength.

Gravel Pan
A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and cab face.
0510226
Lift & Tow Package, Imp/Vel, AXT,
Dash CF

LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS
Mounted to the frame extension will be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts will be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems.

The lift and tow mounts with eyes will be painted the same color as the frame. 0522573
Tow Hooks Not Required, Due to Lift
and Tow Package

TOW HOOKS
No tow hooks are to be provided. This truck will be equipped with a lift and tow package with integral tow eyes.
0012300
Bracket, License Plate, Frt Bumper
Non-Illuminated

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
A non-illuminated license plate bracket will be mounted on the front bumper. The bracket will be formed from bright stainless steel.
12 784
Bid #:

0651334
Cab, Velocity FR, 7000

CAB
The Velocity cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and will be manufactured by Pierce Manufacturing.

To provide quality at the source and single source customer support, the cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises.

For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be of heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards.

The cab will have
12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner posts), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts) and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of

0.25 " heavy wall extrusions joined by a solid A
356
-T
6 aluminum joint
casting. The B-pillar and C-pillar will also be constructed from

0.25 " heavy wall extrusions. The
rear wall will be constructed of two (
2 )

4.00 " x

2.00 " outer aluminum extrusions and two (
2 )

3.00 "
x

2.00 " inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical structural members will run from the floor to

7.50 " x

3.50 " x

0.125
" thick roof extrusions to provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a

0.75 " thick corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly.

The front of the cab will be constructed of a

0.25 " thick firewall, covered with a

0.125
" front skin
(for a total thickness of

0.38 "), and reinforced with

24.50 " wide x

10.00 " deep x

0.50 " thick
supports on each side of the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will be welded to the A-pillar,

0.25 " firewall, and engine tunnel, on the left and right sides.

The cab floors will be constructed of

0.1875
" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall
with an additional

0.25 " thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of

0.44 " of structural
material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with three ( 3 )

0.50 "
plates bolted together that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the front of the cab to the

0.1875
" thick engine tunnel, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab.

The cab will be a full-tilt style. A
3 -point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab.

The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants.

The overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) will be approximately 102.00
". The overall
height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight ratings, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed.

The cab will have an interior width of not less than

93.50 ". The driver and passenger seating
positions will have a minimum

24.00 " clear width at knee level.

To reduce injuries to occupants in the seated positions, proper head clearance will be provided.

The floor-to-ceiling height inside the forward cab will be no less than

60.25 ". The floor-to-ceiling
height inside the crew cab will be no less than

52.95 " in the center position and

58.75 " in the
outboard positions.

The crew cab will measure a minimum of

57.50 " from the rear wall to the backside of the engine tunnel (knee level) for optimal occupant legroom.

INTERIOR CAB INSULATION
The cab walls, ceiling and engine tunnel will be insulated in all strategic locations to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation. The cab will be insulated with

2.00 " insulation in the
rear wall,

3.00 " insulation in the side walls, and

1.50 " insulation in the ceiling.

FENDER LINERS
Full-circular, aluminum inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided.

PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD
A one (
1 )-piece, safety glass windshield with more than
2,802
square inches of clear viewing area
will be provided. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (
3 ) layers: the outer light, the middle safety laminate, and the inner light. The

0.114
" thick outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance.

WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Three (
3 ) electric windshield wipers with a washer, in conformance with FMVSS and SAE requirements, will be provided. The wiper blades will be

21.65 " long and together will clear a
minimum of
1,783
square inches of the windshield for maximum visibility in inclement weather.

The windshield washer fluid reservoir will be located at the front of the vehicle and be accessible through the access hood for simple maintenance.

FAST SERVICE ACCESS FRONT TILT HOOD
A full-width access hood will be provided for convenient access to engine coolant, steering fluid, wiper fluid, cab lift controls, headlight power modules, and ember separator. The hood will also provide complete access to the windshield wiper motor and components. The hood will be contoured to provide a sleek, automotive appearance. The hood will be constructed of two ( 2 )
fiberglass panels bonded together and will include reinforcing ribs for structural integrity. The hood will include air cylinders to hold the hood in open and closed positions, and a heavy duty latch system that will meet FMVSS
113
(Hood Latch System). The spring-loaded hood latch will
be located at the center of the hood with a double-action release lever located behind the Pierce logo. The two (
2 )-step release requires the lever first be pulled to the driver side until the hood releases from the first latch (primary latch) then to the passenger side to fully release the hood (secondary latch).
13 784
Bid #:

0724207
Engine Tunnel, X12-15, MX13, Mech
Fasteners, Velocity FR

ENGINE TUNNEL
To provide structural strength, the engine tunnel sidewalls will be constructed of . 50 " aluminum
plate that is welded to both the .
25 " firewall and .
38 " heavy wall extrusion under the crew cab
floor. To maximize occupant space, the top edges will be tapered.

The engine tunnel will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. Perforated foil faced insulation will be over a

1.00 " thick closed cell foam affixed with pressure sensitive adhesive and further secured with mechanical fasteners. Thermal rating for this insulation will be - 40 degrees
Fahrenheit to
300
degrees Fahrenheit. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current NFPA
1901
standards.
0677478
Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Aluminum
Treadplate

CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING
The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered. 0199683
Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, w/Manual
Override, Unlocked Ind Light, Imp/Vel

CAB LIFT
A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided, consisting of an electric-powered hydraulic pump, fluid reservoir, dual lift cylinders, remote cab lift controls and all necessary hoses and valves. The hydraulic pump will have a backup manual override, for use in the event of an electrical failure.

The cab lift controls will be located at the driver side front of the cab, easily accessible under the full width front access hood. The controls will include a permanently mounted raise/lower switch.

A "cab unlocked" indicator light will be located at the controls that will indicate when the cab is not in the locked position for safe road travel. For enhanced visibility during cab tilt operations, a remote control tether with on/off switch will be supplied on a coiled cord that will extend from 2 '
(coiled) to
6 ' (extended).

The cab will be capable of tilting
42 degrees and
80 degrees with crane assist to accommodate
engine maintenance and removal. The cab pivots will be located

46.00 " apart to provide stability
while tilting the cab.

The rear of the cab will be locked down by a two (
2 )-point, automatic, hydraulic, double hook
mechanism that fully engages after the cab has been lowered (self-locking). The dual

2.25 "
diameter hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the cab is in the tilt position.

For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the driver side between the chassis and cab frame when cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered.

Cab Lift Interlock
The cab lift safety system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. 0550343
Special Circuit, Cab Tilt w/o Ignition
Switch

CAB TILT CIRCUIT
The cab tilt mechanism will be operational with the battery switch on and with parking brake set. 0123176
Grille, Bright Finished, Front of Cab,
Velocity
GRILLE
A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a formed bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab, and will serve as an air intake to the radiator.
0648912
Scuffplates, S/S At Cab Door Jambs
and Handrails

DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES
All cab door jambs will be furnished with a
polished stainless steel
scuffplate, mounted on the
striker side of the jamb and include the area behind the cab door handrails. 0509756
Bright Finished Housing, Headlights
& Front Directional, Velocity

FRONT CAB TRIM
Bright finished wrap-around housings will be provided on each side of the front cab face for mounting of the headlights and front directional lights. The housings will mate up to the side edge of the forward grille, and then extend around the front corners of the cab rearward, providing for a streamlined automotive appearance.
0015440
No Chrome Molding, On side of cab

0092291
Mirrors, Velvac, 2025,
Heated/Remote, w/Heated Convex,
w/LED Directional

MIRRORS
Velvac®, Model
2025
, low mount chrome mirrors will be mounted, one (
1 ) on each of the cab
doors. The mirror will include a replaceable
62 square inch flat glass and a
30 square inch convex
glass. Overall mirror dimensions will be

8.50 " wide x

13.75 " high. Mirror head will have a highly
polished chrome finish.

Both flat mirror heads will be adjustable by an electric remote control switch inside the cab within easy reach of the driver. Convex mirror heads will be adjusted manually.

The mirror heads will also be heated with the control within easy reach of the driver.

Each mirror will be provided with an LED directional light.

The Velvac
two (
2 )-year
warranty on material and workmanship and
two (
2 )-year
warranty on
chrome finish will be provided.
14 784
Bid #:

0651321
Door, Full Height, Velocity FR 4-Door
Cab, Level Roof

CAB DOORS
To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab doors will be a minimum of

43.59 " wide
x

76.46 " high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab doors will measure a minimum of

37.87 " wide x

76.46 " high.

The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of

0.125
". The exterior door skins will be constructed from

0.090
" aluminum.

The forward cab door windows will include a

7.50 " high x

10.00 " wide drop area at the front to
enhance visibility.

A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The finish of the door handle will be
chrome/black
. The exterior handle will be designed
specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide

4.00 " wide x

2.00 "
deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide

4.00 " wide x

1.25 " deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy
gloved hands.

The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model
1041
. The locks will be capable of
activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed.

A heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a

0.38 " pin and
11 gauge leaf will be provided
on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit.

A chrome grab handle will be provided on the inside of each cab and crew cab door.

A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted.

The cab steps at each cab door location will be located inside the cab doors to protect the steps from weather elements.
0655511
Door Panel, Brushed Stainless Steel,
Impel/Velocity 4-Door Cab
Door Panels
The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel. The cab door panels will be removable.
0667905
Storage Pockets w/ Elastic Cover,
Recessed, Overhead, Impel/Velocity
FR

RECESSED POCKET WITH ELASTIC COVER
To provide organized storage (clutter control) in the cab for miscellaneous equipment, the cab interior will be provided with recessed storage pockets. The pockets will be

5.63 " wide x

2.00 "
high x

4.00 " deep. The pockets will be provided with a perforated elastic material cover to secure the equipment in the pocket. The pockets will be installed in all available mounting locations of the overhead console.
0667902
Controls, Electric Windows, All Cab
Doors, Impel/Velocity FR

ELECTRIC WINDOW CONTROLS
Each cab entry door will be equipped with an electrically operated tempered glass window. A window control panel will be located on the door panel within easy reach of the respective occupant. Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second. The
driver control panel will contain a control switch for each cab door's window. All other door control panels will contain a single switch to operate the window within that door.

The window switches will be connected directly to the battery power. This allows the windows to be raised and lowered when the battery switch is in the off position. 0670028
Electric Door Locks, Cab Doors, DS
Bumper Conceal Switch Loc, Imp/Vel

ELECTRIC CAB DOOR LOCKS
The front driver and passenger doors will have a door lock master switch (custom designed rotary lock knob) built into the interior door latch that will control all front and rear side exit door locks. Each rear cab door will have its own lock control. Each door will have a keyed exterior lock mechanism built into the door handle assembly.

There will be one (
1 ) concealed switch on the exterior of the cab, located under the front bumper on the driver side, that operates the cab door locks.

The lock system will include two (
2 ) key FOBs that allow for keyless entry into the vehicle. The key FOB system will use code hopping technology for high security and be FCC part 15 compliant.
0555485
Steps, 4-Door Full Tilt Cab, Imp/Vel

CAB STEPS
The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two ( 2 ) step design to provide
largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum

31.00 " wide, and the
crew cab steps will be

24.25 " wide with an

8.00 " minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not
exceed

18.00 " in height and be limited to two (
2 ) steps.
0770200
Handrail, Exterior, Hansen, Knurled,
Alum, LED Backlit, 4-Door Cab

CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS
A Hansen knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. Each handrail will be provided with red
LED
lights. The lights will be activated
when the parking brake is applied
. The LED lights may be load
managed.
15 784
Bid #:

0892637
Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps,
P25, LED w/Bezel, 1Lt Per Step

STEP LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) white P
25 LED step lights provided. The lights will be installed at each cab and crew cab door, one (
1 ) per step. The lights will be located in the driver side front doorstep, driver side crew cab doorstep, passenger side front doorstep and passenger side crew cab doorstep.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles
(fc) covering an entire

15.00 " x

15.00 " square placed

10.00 " below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire

30.00 " x

30.00 " square at the same

10.00 " distance below the light.

The light(s) will have a
chrome housing
.

The lights will be activated when the adjacent door is opened. 0002140
Fenders, S/S on Cab

FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. 0592071
No Windows, Side of Crew Cab,
Vel/Imp
0568605
Not Required, Interior Trim, No Cab
Side Windows
0509286
Not Required, Windows Rear of Crew
Cab, Imp/Vel
0558334
Not Required, Trim, Cab Rear
Windows, No Rear Windows

0786279
Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Right
Side, Privacy Dark Gray

RIGHT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the right side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0786290
Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Left
Side, Privacy Dark Gray

LEFT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the left side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0764717
Compt, Storage, 10.71 W x 30 H x 14
D, (1) Ea Side C/C, Dbl Pan, Imp/Vel

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
Provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the crew cab access doors, will be a storage compartment.

The compartments will be approximately

10.71 " wide x

30.00 " high x

14.00 " deep.

There will be
two (
2 ) double pan doors painted to match the cab exterior with a non-locking D- Ring latch, one (
1 ) on each side of the cab
. A
pneumatic stay arm for each exterior door
will be
used as a door stop.

The compartment interior will be
painted spatter gray
.

Compartment Light
There will be
two (
2 ) white Amdor, LED strip lights provided, one (
1 ) each hinged side of
compartment door openings
. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0745808
Scuffplate, Inner Door Pan, Aux Cab
Compts, Pair

SCUFFPLATE
A full height
brushed stainless steel
scuffplate will be installed on the inside of each of the auxiliary cab compartment door pans.
0798178
Matting, Turtle Tile, Auxiliary
Compartment

MATTING IN AUXILIARY COMPARTMENT
Turtle Tile vinyl matting will be provided in
two (
2 )
auxiliary compartment(s) located
lower rear cab
compartments
. Tile color will be
black (no ramp)
.

The matting will be

0.50 " thick and be cross bonded by

0.25 " diameter ribbed sections spaced for
aeration.
0604171
Scuffplate, Brushed S/S, Bottom of
Door Frame, Each

DOOR FRAME SCUFFPLATE
There will be
two (
2 )
scuffplate(s) provided for the bottom of the door frame of compt over
stabilizers, each side
. Each scuffplate will be brushed stainless steel with a

0.38 " lip down.
0509902
Roof, Aluminum Treadplate, Imp/Vel,
Aerial

CAB ROOF COVERING
Horizontal cab roof surfaces, on each side of the aerial device, will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate. The aluminum treadplate will be bonded to the cab. Edges will be properly caulked to prevent water from leaking under the aluminum.

No front or side warning lights, or any other auxiliary options, will be mounted on top of the treadplate. The treadplate will extend and terminate next to all objects mounted on the roof. 16 784
Bid #:

0123686
Drip Rail, Cab Roof,
Impel/Velocity/Velocity SLT

CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL
For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be constructed of bright polished extruded aluminum, and be bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof. 0898549
Cab Air Filtration, TFT CrewProtect,
12v DC, Loc, CARE

CAB AIR FILTRATION
The vehicle will be equipped with a CrewProtect
™
air filtration system to provide purification of
the interior air of the cab and crew cab. The multi-stage filtration system will remove particulates, violate organic compounds, aerosol carrying viruses and bacteria from the air.

System Construction
The housing will be constructed of powder coated stainless steel and will be

12.00 " wide x

4.50 "
high x

20.00 " long. The angled surface will be provided with an additional

2.00 " of clearance for
air flow. The unit will be mounted
on a mounting plate, vertically, to the rear of the officer seat .

There will be one (
1 ) filter installed in the unit. The expected filter life will be no less than 1,800

active hours of usage (
6 months). There will be
no additional replacement filters
shipped loose
with the unit. The filter will be designed to neutralize harmful chemical contaminants and is safe to discard as normal trash with no special handling requirements.

System Operating Conditions
CrewProtect will automatically run when the truck is operating. And will not be required to turn on or off
or adjust the flow rate. The fan will operate at
100
CFMs and only

60.2 decibels.

Electrical Wiring/Function
The system will be
12 VDC powered from the vehicle power supply and/or an external 12 VDC
source. The system will draw a maximum of
2 amps and have a
5 -amp integrated fuse in the wire
harness.
0722514
SP
Work Surface, 1/4" Alum, Frt Engine
Tunnel to Cabinet, Vel/Imp FR

WORK SURFACE
There will be a work surface provided on the engine tunnel. The work surface will be constructed of

0.25 " aluminum to allow the mounting of equipment. The work surface will start next to the officer seat and extend to the storage cabinet mounted on the rear of the engine tunnel. The work surface will be flat. It will not contour to the engine tunnel. The work surface will be open on the sides to allow for equipment to be mounted underneath it and follow the width of the tunnel. The work surface will be
painted to match the cab interior
.
0748671
Cab Interior, Vinyl, Velocity FR,
CARE

CAB INTERIOR
With safety as the primary objective, the wrap-around style cab instrument panel will be designed with unobstructed visibility to instrumentation. The dash layout will provide the driver with a quick reference to gauges that allows more time to focus on the road.

The center console will be a high impact ABS polymer and will be easily removable.

The passenger side dashboard will be constructed of painted aluminum for durability and low maintenance. For enhanced versatility, the passenger side dash will include a flat working surface.

To provide optional (service friendly) control panels, switches and storage modules, a painted aluminum overhead console will also be provided.

To complete the cab front interior design, painted aluminum modesty panels will be provided under the dash on both sides of the cab. The driver side modesty panel will provide mounting for the battery switch and diagnostic connectors, while the passenger side modesty panel provides a glove box, and ground access to the main electrical distribution panel via quick quarter turn fasteners.

To provide a deluxe automotive interior, the engine tunnel, side walls and rear wall will be covered by a leather grain vinyl that is resistant to oil, grease, and mildew.

The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. The headliner panel will be a composition of an aluminum panel covered with a sound barrier and upholstery.

The cab structure will include designated raceways for electrical harness routing from the front of the cab to the rear upper portion of the cab. Raceways will be extruded in the forward door frame, floor, walls and overhead in the area where the walls meet the ceiling. The raceways located in the floor will be covered by aluminum extrusion, while the vertical and overhead raceways will be covered by painted aluminum covers. The raceways will improve harness integrity by providing a continuous harness path that eliminates wire chafing and abrasion associated with exposed wiring or routing through drilled metal holes. Harnesses will be laid in place.

CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY
The cab interior upholstery will be
36 oz black vinyl
. All cab interior materials will meet FMVSS
302
(flammability of interior materials).
0667943
Cab Interior, Paint Color,
Impel/Velocity FR

CAB INTERIOR PAINT
The following metal surfaces will be painted black, vinyl textured paint:

Modesty panel in front of driver
Vertical surface of dash in front of the officer (not applicable for recessed dash) Glove box in front of the officer (if applicable)
Power distribution in front of the officer
Rear heater vent panels
The remaining cab interior metal surfaces will be painted black, vinyl texture paint
.
0509532
Floor, Rubber Padded Cab & Crew
Cab, Imp/Vel, Dash CF

CAB FLOOR
The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with Polydamp ™
acoustical floor mat consisting
of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler.

The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a

0.25 " thick closed cell foam (no water
absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. 17 784
Bid #:

0741239
HVAC, Impel/Velocity FR, CARE

DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area.

Cab Defroster
A
54,000
BTU heater-defroster unit with
690
SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The
heater-defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following:

One (
1 ) adjustable will be directed towards the left side cab window One (
1 ) adjustable will be directed towards the right side cab window Six (
6 ) fixed outlets will be directed at the windshield
The defroster will be capable of clearing
98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at
0 degrees Fahrenheit for
10 hours, and
a
2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield.

The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J
382
requirements.

Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater
There will be
one (
1 )
31,000
BTU auxiliary heater with
560
SCFM of air flow provided in each
outboard rear facing seat risers with a dual scroll blower. An aluminum plenum incorporated into the cab structure used to transfer heat to the forward positions .

Air Conditioning
A

19.10 cubic inch compressor will be installed on the engine.

A roof-mounted condenser with a
78,000
BTU output at
2,400
SCFM that meets and exceeds the
performance specification will be installed on the cab roof. The condenser cover to be painted to
match the cab roof
.

The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100

degrees Fahrenheit to
75 degrees Fahrenheit at
50 percent relative humidity within
30 minutes.

The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100
degrees
Fahrenheit for a minimum of
4 hours.

The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel.

The evaporator will include one (
1 ) high performance heating core, one (
1 ) high performance
cooling core with (
1 ) plenum directed to the front and one (
1 ) plenum directed to the rear of the
cab.

The evaporator unit will have a
52,000
BTU at
690
SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the
performance specifications.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following:

Four (
4 ) will be directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab Four (
4 ) will be directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following:

Five (
5 ) will be directed towards crew cab area
A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be
secured with four (
4 ) screws
.

The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-
134
A and will be installed by a certified technician.

Climate Control
An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (
3 ) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and
air flow distribution (front to rear) control.

The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature.

The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob.

Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to
100
percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position.

Gravity Drain Tubes
Two (
2 ) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (
2 ) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan.

No pumps will be provided.

The drain tubes will terminate under the cab, on the inboard side of the front wheelwells. 0642860
Guard, Lower, Vented, Air
Conditioning Condenser, Aerial

AIR CONDITIONING CONDENSER LOWER GUARD
A guard will be provided below the lower portion of the air conditioning condenser that hangs over the edge of the cab. The guard will be constructed of aluminum and painted to match the condenser cover. The guard will be provided with

1.00 " x

2.00 " knockouts to allow for adequate
airflow.
0639675
Sun Visor, Smoked Lexan, AXT,
Imp/Vel, Saber FR/Enforcer

SUN VISORS
Two (
2 ) smoked Lexan
™
sun visors will be provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (
1 ) mounted on each side of the cab.

There will be
a black plastic thumb latch
provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed
position.
0548173
Grab Handles, Driver and Passenger
Door Post, Imp/Vel

GRAB HANDLE
A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver side and passenger side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handle will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield.
0583938
Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto
Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
There will be
two (
2 )
Whelen, Model
3 SC
0 CDCR,
12 volt DC,

3.00 " white LED light(s) with
Whelen, Model
3 FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination.

These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised. 18 784
Bid #:

0122516
Fluid Check Access, Imp/Vel

ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS
For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface. The door will be

20.00 " wide x

8.25 " high and be flush with the wall of the engine tunnel.

The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling. An additional port will be provided for filling the engine oil.

The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One ( 1 )
flush lift and turn
latch
will be provided on the access door.
0530840
Box, Storage, Aluminum, Latex
Gloves

STORAGE BOX
There will be
two (
2 )
storage box(es) designed to hold and dispense boxes of latex gloves provided.

Each box will be constructed of aluminum and located
one on each side of the forward facing
crew cab seat riser - horizontal with opening on top
.

Each storage box will be

10.00 " wide x

5.00 " high x

3.50 " deep and painted to match the cab
interior. A slot will be provided on the top of each box to dispense the gloves. 0599959
Straps, Velcro, Map Box, Custom
Chassis

VELCRO STRAP(S) FOR MAP BOX
There will be
one (
1 )
Velcro® strap(s)
installed on the map box
.
0633630
Map Box, 5 Bin/30 Deg Slant, 3.00"
Bins

MAP BOX
A map box with five (
5 ) bins, open at the top, will be installed
per
29839

01-04
. Each bin will be

12.50 " wide x

3.00 " high x

12.00 " deep and will slant
30 degrees from horizontal. The map box
will be constructed of .
125
" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. 0768268
SP
Map Pocket, Painted, 13.00" W x

14.00" H x 4.00" D, Each

MAP POCKET(S)
There will be
one (
1 )
map pocket(s) installed
Mounted behind Drivers seat to face of EMS
cabinet. Mount at Final
. Each pocket will be

13.00 " wide x

14.00 " high x

4.00 " deep and painted
to match compartment interior.
0583039
Not Required, Side Roll and Frontal
Impact Protection
0622618
Seating Capacity, 5 Seats

SEATING CAPACITY
The seating capacity in the cab will be five (
5 ).
0764121
SP
Seat, Driver, Bostrom, Pacifica, Air
Ride, High Back

DRIVER SEAT
A H.O. Bostrom, Pacifica, air suspension high back seat will be provided in the cab for the driver.

For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (

6.00 " travel) and vertical position (

3.00 " of travel). To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have a reclining back, adjustable from 15 degrees back to
45 degrees
forward. A deluxe contoured

20.00 " cushion and an adjustable lumbar support will be provided.

To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0620271
Seat, Officer, Bostrom Sierra, Fixed,
High Back, Imp/Vel

OFFICER SEAT
A H.O. Bostrom, Sierra, fixed seat will be provided in the cab for the officer. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with

17.00 " deep cushion. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle. To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled.

The seat will include
no additional zip clean covers
.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0510037
Radio Compartment, Below Officer
Seat, Imp/Vel

RADIO COMPARTMENT
A compartment for the radio amplifier will be located under the front passenger's seat. The size of the compartment will be approximately

16.00 " wide x

7.50 " high x

16.50 " deep. A drop-down door
with a chrome plated lift and turn latch will be provided for access. The compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. 19 784
Bid #:

0764199
SP
Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 25 W x 34
H x 24 D, Ext Acc Only, Sp Mtg,
Imp/Vel

REAR FACING LEFT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the left side outboard position. The cabinet will be mounted off the edge of the seat riser so that it is even with the crew cab door frame.

The cabinet will be

25.00 " wide x

34.00 " high x

24.00 " deep.

The cabinet will provide access from outside the cab only with one (
1 ) double pan door painted to
match the cab exterior with a locking D-ring latch with #1250
key
. The clear door opening will be

19.75 " wide x

32.25 " high. The door will be located on the side of the cab over the wheelwell and include a
pneumatic stay arm
as a door stop.

The cabinet will include
one (
1 ) infinitely adjustable shelf with a

0.75 " up-turned lip
painted to
match the cab interior
.

The cabinet will include
no louvers
.

The exterior access will be provided with
a polished stainless steel scuffplate
on the lower door
frame.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be
one (
1 ) red Amdor LED strip light installed on the right side of the exterior cabinet door opening and one (
1 ) red Amdor LED strip light installed on the left side of the exterior cabinet door opening
. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0102783
Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C,
Center
0756855
SP
Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 21.5 W x
34 H x 21.5 D, Ext Acc Only, Sp Mtg,
Imp/Vel

REAR FACING RIGHT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the right side outboard position. The cabinet will be mounted off the edge of the seat riser so that it is even with the crew cab door frame.

The cabinet will be

21.50 " wide x

34.00 " high x

21.50 " deep.

The cabinet will include
one (
1 ) infinitely adjustable shelf with a

0.75 " up-turned lip
painted to
match the cab interior
.

The cabinet will include
no louvers
.

The cabinet will only provide access from outside the cab with one (
1 ) double pan door painted to
match the cab exterior with a locking D-ring latch with #1250
key
. A
pneumatic stay arm
will be
provided as a door stop. The exterior clear door opening will be

16.00 " wide x

31.75 " high. The
door will be located on the side of the cab over the wheelwell.

The exterior access will be provided with
a polished stainless steel scuffplate
on the lower door
frame.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be
one (
1 ) red Amdor LED strip light installed on the right side of the exterior cabinet door opening and one (
1 ) red Amdor LED strip light installed on the left side of the exterior cabinet door opening
. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0726617
SP
Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, DS Outboard,
Bostrom, Hi-Back, Foldup, 17" Btm,3"
Inbrd,2010

FORWARD FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (
1 ) forward facing, HO Bostrom Sierra foldup seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, and to maximize accessibility to the crew cab, the seat will be provided with

17.00 " deep cushion. The seat back will be a high back style with
90 degree fixed recline angle. To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with a sensor in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating the seat is occupied but not buckled.

The seat will be moved approximately

3.00 " inboard from the standard location.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0672190
Seat, Forward Facing C/C, Center,
(1) Bostrom 450, SCBA, 2010

FORWARD FACING CENTER SEAT
There will be one (
1 ) forward facing, HO Bostrom Tanker
450
SCBA seat provided at the center
position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with

17.00 " deep cushions.

To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with a sensor in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating the seat is occupied but not buckled.

The seat back will be an SCBA back style with a
5 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity
will be adjustable from front to rear in

1.50 " increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA
cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will include
no additional zip clean covers
.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belts. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0726614
SP
Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, PS Outboard,
Bostrom, Hi-Back, Foldup, 17" Btm,3"
Inbrd,2010

FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (
1 ) forward facing, HO Bostrom Sierra foldup seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, and to maximize accessibility to the crew cab, the seat will be provided with

The seat will be moved approximately

3.00 " inboard from the standard location.

0893962
SP
Cabinet, Rear Facing, Top Eng Tnl,
44 W x 16 H x 14 D, Lap,Tray,
Imp/Vel FR

REAR FACING CENTER CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided on the top rear of the engine tunnel.

The cabinet will be

44.00 " wide x

16.00 " high x

14.00 " deep with
one (
1 ) drop down door, painted
to match the cab interior with two (
2 ) locking flush lift and turn latches with
#751
keys
facing the
crew cab. Gas cylinders will be provided to hold the door in the open position.

The cabinet will include
louvers provided on the door of the cabinet for ventilation .

An adjustable

1.00 " thick poly tray will be provided in the cabinet.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be
one (
1 ) white Amdor LED strip light installed horizontally above the interior cabinet door opening
. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0651182
Scuffplate, Cabinet, Interior Door
Pan, Cab

DOOR PAN SCUFFPLATE
There will be a
brushed stainless steel
scuffplate on the interior door pan of
two (
2 )
cabinet door
(s) located
external EMS doors
.
0617401
Matting, Turtle Tile, No Trim, EMS
Compt

MATTING IN EMS COMPARTMENT
Vinyl grating will be provided in
two (
2 )
EMS compartments,
one in each rear facing EMS
compartment
. Tile color will be
black
.

The vinyl grating will be

0.50 " thick and be cross bonded by

0.25 " diameter ribbed sections
spaced for aeration. The trim edge will not be installed at the edge of the tile. 0617410
Matting, Turtle Tile, EMS Compt,
Shelving, 0.75" Thick

MATTING IN EMS COMPARTMENT
Turtle Tile vinyl matting will be provided in
two (
2 )
EMS compartment shelves,
one in each rear
facing EMS compartment
. Tile color will be
black
.
0752005
Lip, Top of Interior Cabinet, All Sides

LIP ON CABINET
There will be a

1.00 "
lip provided around the top perimeter of the cabinet. There will NOT be anything stored on the top portion without restraints
There will be
one (
1 )
cabinets(s) provided with the lip
Top of rear facing center cabinet
.
0691875
Brackets/Clamps, For Strip Lighting
In Compartments, IPO Velcro

BRACKETS/CLAMPS FOR COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
All LED light strips, in all locations will be mounted with clamps or brackets, in place of the standard Velcro®.
0042359
Upholstery, Seats In Cab, All Vinyl,
Bostrom, CARE

SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All seat upholstery will be leather grain
black
vinyl resistant to oil, grease and mildew. The cab will have
five (
5 )
seating positions.
0511471
No SCBA Brackets Required In Cab
Seats, Imp/Vel, AXT 2010, Qtm
2010,Saber FR/Enf
0603867
Seat Belt, ReadyReach

SEAT BELTS
All seating positions in the cab, crew cab and tiller cab (if applicable) will have red
seat belts.

To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of NFPA 1901
and CAN/ULC - S
515

standards.

The
3 -point shoulder type seat belts will also include the ReadyReach D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location.

Any flip up seats will include a
3 -point shoulder type belts only.
0604864
Seat Belt Height Adjustment, 5 Seats,
Imp/Vel, Dash CF

SHOULDER HARNESS HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
All seating positions furnished with
3 -point shoulder type seat belts will include a height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter.

A total of five (
5 ) seating positions will have the adjustable shoulder harness. 0602464
Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA 2016

HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

14.1.7.4.1 requires a location for helmet storage be provided.

There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets.
21 784
Bid #:

0647638
Lights, Dome, Weldon Dual LED 4
Lts

CAB DOME LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) Weldon
808
* series, dual LED dome lights with
black
bezels provided. Two
(
2 ) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two ( 2 ) lights will
be installed and located, one (
1 ) on each side of the crew cab.

The color of the LED's will be
red and white
.

The white LED's will be controlled by
the lens switch
.

The color LED's will be controlled by
the door switches and the lens switch
.
0896451
Enhanced Software for Cab and
Crew Cab Dome Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR CAB AND CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS
The cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for
10 seconds for improved visibility after the
doors are closed.

The dome lights will dim after
10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle's transmission is put into gear.
0631776
Not Required, Overhead Map Lights

0602626
Portable Hand Light, Provided by
Dealer, Aerial NFPA 2016
Classification

PORTABLE HAND LIGHTS, PROVIDED BY DEALER
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

8.9.3 requires four portable hand lights mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus.

The hand lights are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The dealer will provide and mount these hand lights.
0774457
Handlight, Streamlight, Vulcan 180,
44315, 12v, Orange

ADDITIONAL HAND HELD LIGHT
There will be
two (
2 ) lights
additional
12 v Streamlight, Model
#44315
, Vulcan
180
LED light(s) will
be provided and mounted
(
1 ) each on inboard face of the rear facing EMS cabinets with bottom of charger base flush with "defroster riser". Lightheads are to point up towards the ceiling (SEE

PHOTO) SL
20 X
3 &
4 .
. Each light will be provided with a
12 volt direct wire vehicle mounting rack
and quick release shoulder strap.

Each light housing will be orange in color.
0568369
Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges,
Chrome Bezels, Impel/Velocity 2010

CAB INSTRUMENTATION
The cab instrument panel will consist of gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lights, alarms, control switches, and a diagnostic panel. The function of instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary.

The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section directly forward of the driver. Gauge and switch panels will be designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership.

Gauges
The gauge panel will include the following ten (
10 ) ivory gauges with chrome bezels to monitor
vehicle performance:

Voltmeter gauge (Volts)
Low volts (

11.8 VDC)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
High volts (
15 VDC)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Very low volts (

11.3 VDC)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Very high volts (
16 VDC)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Tachometer (RPM)
Speedometer (Primary (outside) MPH, Secondary (inside) Km/H) Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions)
Low fuel (
1/8
full)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Very low fuel (
1/32
) fuel
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Engine oil pressure gauge (PSI)
Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Front air pressure gauge (PSI)
Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Rear air pressure gauge (PSI)
Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Transmission oil temperature gauge (Fahrenheit)
High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Engine coolant temperature gauge (Fahrenheit)
High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions) Low fluid (
1/8
full)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
All gauges and gauge indicators will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Indicator Lamps
To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be integral to the gauge assembly and are located above and below the center gauges. The indicator lamps will be 22 784
Bid #:

"dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols.

The following amber telltale lamps will be present:

Low coolant
Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable)
Check engine
Check trans (check transmission)
Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat)
Air rest (air restriction)
Caution (triangle symbol)
Water in fuel
DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration)
Trailer ABS (where applicable)
Wait to start (where applicable)
HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) ABS (antilock brake system)
MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) SRS (supplemental restraint system) fault (where applicable) DEF (low diesel exhaust fluid level)
The following red telltale lamps will be present:

Warning (stop sign symbol)
Seat belt
Parking brake
Stop engine
Rack down
The following green telltale lamps will be provided:

Left turn
Right turn
Battery on
The following blue telltale lamp will be provided:

High beam
Alarms
Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present.

Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present.

Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for
3 to
5 seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every
30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively.

Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove-Out
Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Control Switches
For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver.

Emergency master switch: A molded plastic push button switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. Pressing the switch will activate emergency response lights and siren control. A green lamp on the switch provides indication that the emergency master mode is active. Pressing the switch again disables the emergency master mode.

Headlight / Parking light switch: A three (
3 )-position maintained rocker switch will be
provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking lights and the headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch position will activate the headlights.

Panel backlighting intensity control switch: A three (
3 )-position momentary rocker switch
will be provided. The first switch position decreases the panel backlighting intensity to a minimum level as the switch is held. The second switch position is the default position that does not affect the backlighting intensity. The third switch position increases the panel backlighting intensity to a maximum level as the switch is held.

The following standard controls will be integral to the gauge assembly and are located below the right hand gauges. All switches have backlit labels for low light applications.

High idle engagement switch: A two (
2 )-position momentary rocker switch with integral
indicator lamp will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position.

The second switch position will activate and deactivate the high idle function when pressed and released. The "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged. "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement.

The following standard controls will be provided adjacent to the cab gauge assembly within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.

Ignition switch: A three (
3 )-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided.

The first switch position will deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will disable the Command Zone audible alarm if held for
3 to
5 seconds. A green indicator lamp will be activated with vehicle ignition.

Engine start switch: A two (
2 )-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation. 4 -way hazard switch: A two (
2 )-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate the
4 -way hazard switch function. The second switch
position will activate the
4 -way hazard function. The switch actuator will be red and includes the international
4 -way hazard symbol.
23 784
Bid #:

Heater, defroster, and air conditioning control panel.

Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight and windshield wiper/washer controls will be provided. The windshield wiper control will have high, low, and intermittent modes.

Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided.

Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel.

Custom Switch Panels
The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (
4 ) switch panels in the overhead console on the driver's side, up to four ( 4 )
switch panels in the engine tunnel console facing the driver, up to four ( 4 ) switch panels in
the overhead console on the officer's side and up to two ( 2 ) switch panels in the engine
tunnel console facing the officer. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.

Diagnostic Panel
A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist.

The diagnostic panel will include the following:

Engine diagnostic port
Transmission diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic port
SRS diagnostic port (where applicable)
Command Zone USB diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) Cab LCD Display
A digital four (
4 )-row by
20 -character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel.

The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (
3 ) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function.

The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature.

The upper right section will display, along with other configuration specific information:

Odometer
Trip mileage
PTO hours
Fuel consumption
Engine hours
The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm.

The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist.
0509511
Air Restriction Indicator, Imp/Vel,
AXT, Dash CF, Enf MUX

AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR
A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided.
0668061
Light, Do Not Move Apparatus, Wln
VTX609R Red LED

"DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR
There will be a Whelen, Model VTX
609
R, red LED indicator light with chrome trim located in the driving compartment. This light will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On." The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a pulsing alarm

when the parking brake is released.
0509042
Messages, Open Dr/DNMT, Color
Dsply,

DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES
Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone
™,
color display located within sight of the
driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged).

The following messages will be displayed (where applicable):

Do Not Move Truck
DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open)
PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open)
DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open)
PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open)
PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open)
Rear Body Door Open
DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down)
PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down)
Deck Gun Not Stowed
Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed)
Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed)
Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed)
Stabilizer Not Stowed
Steps Not Stowed
Handrail Not Stowed
Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged.
24 784
Bid #:

0611681
Switching, Cab, Membrane,
Impel/Velocity/Quantum, Dash CF,
AXT WiFi MUX

SWITCH PANELS
The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight ( 8 ) membrane-type switches
each rated for one million (
1,000,000
) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (
8 ) switch
assignments will include non-functioning black appliqués. Documentation will be provided by the manufacturer indicating the rated cycle life of the switches. The switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position above the windshield on the
driver side overhead
to allow for easy access.

Additional switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position(s) above the windshield or in designated locations on the lower instrument panel layout.

The switches will be membrane-type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever back lighting is activated and illuminated green whenever the switch is active. An active illuminated switch will flash when interlock requirements are not met or device is actively being load managed. For ease of use, a two (
2 )-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions.
0555915
Wiper Control, 2-Speed with
Intermittent, MUX, Impel/Velocity

WIPER CONTROL
For simple operation and easy reach, the windshield wiper control will be an integral part of the directional light lever located on the steering column. The wiper control will include high and low wiper speed settings, a one (
1 )-speed intermittent wiper control and windshield washer switch.

The control will have a "return to park" provision, which allows the wipers to return to the stored position when the wipers are not in use.
0731813
Hour Meter, Aerial, Included in
Information Centers, ASL, AAT, ASP

HOURMETER - AERIAL DEVICE
The following aerial hour meter messages will be included in the information centers:

Aerial Hours, that keeps track of the time the aerial device is in motion.

Aerial PTO Hours, that keeps track of the time the aerial master switch is on and the aerial PTO is engaged.
0002615
Switch, Aerial 12V Master

AERIAL MASTER
There will be a master switch for the aerial operating electrical system provided. 0002617
PTO switch, w/light - aerial

AERIAL PTO SWITCH
A PTO switch for the aerial with indicator light will be provided. 0797189
Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB
Termination Blue Sea 1045 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
two (
2 )
dual USB fast charge socket mounts installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to

4.8 amps at
12 volts DC.

The USB socket mount will be
one to the left of the officer below the chrome push buttons and one DS switch panel
8 .

Termination will be a Blue Sea Systems part number
1045
dual USB charger socket.

Wires will be sized to
125%
of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0787001
Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB
Termination Blue Sea 1045 2nd

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
two (
2 )
dual USB fast charge socket mounts installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to

4.8 amps at
12 volts DC.

The USB socket mount will be
one (
1 ) each side rear facing cabinet, one rear vertical surface (edge closest to crew cab seating positions) in the lower outboard corner

3.00 " up from
heater/defroster box (SEE PHOTO TITLED "FIRE FIGHTER DUAL USB") .

Termination will be a Blue Sea Systems part number
1045
dual USB charger socket.

Wires will be sized to
125%
of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0748251
SP
Wiring, Spare, 60A 12V DC
Sacramento Fire Department, 6 Ga.

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of
6 gauge wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus originating at the right side batteries.

The above wires will include the following:

The
6 gauge positive wire will be connected directly to one of the positive power terminals on the right side battery bank. The wire will be protected by a Blue Sea part number 5006100
fuse block
with
60 amp fuse.

The
6 gauge negative wire will be connected to the frame ground closest to the right side batteries, the same location as the right side batteries are grounded to the frame.

The positive power wire and the negative wire will run uninterrupted to the radio compartment located,
Routed up from behind Officer seat into the Rear Facing Radio compartment mounted on top of the the rear engine tunnel.
. The wires will terminate with a
6 ' pigtail and heat shrinkable
butt splices.

Wires will be sized to
125%
of the protection.
25 784
Bid #:

0568733
Wiring, Spare, 5 A 12V DC 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
four (
4 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to
5 amps at
12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate
(
1 ) outboard of the driver's seat, (
1 ) outboard of the officer's seat
and (
1 ) in each rear facing EMS compartment in the cab
.

Termination will be
with heat shrinkable butt splicing
.

Wires will be sized to
125%
of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0594595
Wiring, Spare, 50 A 12V DC 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to
50 amps at
12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate
from the passenger's side battery, terminating behind the Captain's seat with at least
6-8
feet of slack wire coiled and capped. See photo in stage 7 efolder
for behind officer. TO BE GROUNDED TO FRAME (NOT BATTERY) .

Termination will be
with heat shrinkable butt splicing
.

Wires will be sized to
125%
of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0566101
Recess, Dash Panel, Officer Side,
Vel/Imp

DASH PANEL RECESS
The dash panel across from the officer will be recessed to accommodate the mounting of miscellaneous items. The recess will be

7.25 " down x

7.81 " back and

20.88 " wide.
0798604
SP
Wiring, Secure Seat Cushion and
Buckle Wiring

SECURE SEAT WIRING
All wiring going to seat cushion and seat belt buckle will be in loom and secure to the seat area. 0803875
Radio, AM/FM/WB, Jensen, Frt,Rear
Aux In/Frt,Rear USB/Bluetooth

STEREO RADIO
A Jensen, heavy duty AM/FM / Bluetooth / Weatherband stereo radio, with front and rear auxiliary input will be installed
within reach of the driver
. There will be

5.25 " speakers installed
one (
1 ) pair
of

5.25 " speakers in the cab and one (
1 ) pair of

5.25 " speakers in the crew cab
. The antenna will
be
a roof-mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof .

The following features will be included:
-
180
watts max power output (
45 W x
4 )
- Bluetooth® streaming audio and controls
(A
2 DP/AVRCP) with hands-free calling (HFP)
- Electronic AM/FM tuner (US/Euro)
- iPod®/iPhone® ready via USB
- SiriusXM-Ready®
- Seven-channel NOAA weatherband with S.A.M.E. technology - USB

2.0 for playback of MP
3 & WMA audio files
- RBDS with PTY search
- Front and rear USB input
- Front and rear AUX input
0615386
Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color
Display, Touchscreen, MUX

INFORMATION CENTER
An information center employing a

7.00 " diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing.

The information center will have the following specifications:

Operate in temperatures from -
40 to
185
degrees Fahrenheit
An Optical Gel will be placed between the LCD and protective lens Five weather resistant user interface switches
Grey with black accents
Sunlight Readable
Linux operating system
Minimum of
1000
nits rated display
Display can be changed to an available foreign language A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area.

Programmed to read
US Customary
General Screen Design
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used.

If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur:

An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (
1 ) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages.

A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for 26 784
Bid #:

each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol.

Home/Transit Screen
This screen will display the following:

Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped)
Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Seat Belt Monitoring Screen Seat Belt Monitoring Screen Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped)
Digital Speedometer
Active Alarms
On Scene Screen
This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped):

Battery Voltage
Fuel
Oil Pressure
Coolant Temperature
RPM
Water Level (if equipped)
Foam Level (if equipped)
Foam Concentration (if equipped)
Water Flow Rate (if equipped)
Water Used (if equipped)
Active Alarms
Virtual Buttons
There will be four (
4 ) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels.

Page Screen
The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality:

Diagnostics
Faults
Listed by order of occurrence
Allows to sort by system
Interlock
Throttle Interlocks
Pump Interlocks (if equipped)
Aerial Interlocks (if equipped)
PTO Interlocks (if equipped)
Load Manager
A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load.

The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur.

The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen.

Systems
Command Zone
Module type and ID number
Module Version
Input or output number
Circuit number connected to that input or output
Status of the input or output
Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Foam (if equipped)
Pressure Controller (if equipped)
Generator Frequency (if equipped)
Live Data
General Truck Data
Maintenance
Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
Pump oil (if equipped)
Foam (if equipped)
Aerial (if equipped)
Setup
Clock Setup
Date & Time
12 or
24 hour format
Set time and date
Backlight
Daytime
Night time
Sensitivity
Unit Selection
Home Screen
Virtual Button Setup
On Scene Screen Setup
Configure Video Mode
Set Video Contrast
Set Video Color
Set Video Tint
Do Not Move
The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated Driver Side Cab Door
Passenger's Side Cab Door
27 784
Bid #:

Driver Side Crew Cab Door
Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door
Driver Side Body Doors
Passenger's Side Body Doors
Rear Body Door(s)
Ladder Rack (if applicable)
Deck Gun (if applicable)
Light Tower (if applicable)
Hatch Door (if applicable)
Stabilizers (if applicable)
Steps (if applicable)
Notifications
View Active Alarms
Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm
Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced
Timer Screen
HVAC (if equipped)
Tire Information (if equipped)
Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped)
Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. 0734857
Collision Mitigation, HAAS Alert
(R2V), HA5

COLLISION MITIGATION
There will be a HAAS Alert®, Model HA
5 Responder-to-Vehicle (R
2 V) collision avoidance system
provided on the apparatus. The HA
5 cellular transponder module will be installed behind the cab windshield, as high and near to the center as practical, to allow clear visibility to the sky. The module dimensions are

5.40 " long x

2.70 " wide x

1.30 " high, and operating temperature range is
-
40 degree C to
85 degree C.

The transponder will be connected to the vehicle's emergency master circuit and battery direct power and ground.

While responding with emergency lights on, the HA
5 transponder sends alert messages via
cellular network to motorists in the vicinity of the responding truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

While on scene with emergency lights on, the HA
5 transponder sends road hazard alerts to
motorists in the vicinity of the truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

The HA
5 Responder-to-Vehicle (R
2 V) collision avoidance system will include
the transponder
and a
5 year cellular plan subscription
.

Activation of the HAAS Alert system requires a representative of the customer to accept the End User License Agreement (EULA) via an on-line portal.
0606247
Vehicle Data Recorder w/CZ Display
Seat Belt Monitor

VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided.

The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line.

The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs:

Vehicle Speed - MPH
Acceleration - MPH/sec
Deceleration - MPH/sec
Engine Speed - RPM
Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle
ABS Event - On/Off
Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position
Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position
Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off
Time -
24 Hour Time
Date - Year/Month/Day
Seat Belt Monitoring System
A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone ™
color display.

The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to
10 seating positions indicating the status of each
seat position per the following:

Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm
The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when:

The home screen is active:
and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated.

The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. 28 784
Bid #:

0889070
SP
Intercom, David Clark, 5-Pos, 2-Dual
Radio, (D,O, 2RPTT.1st R), 3C,
800/VHF,3805

INTERCOM SYSTEM
A five (
5 ) position David Clark, Model U
3800
, intercom system with dual radio interface capability
at the driver and officer positions. Three (
3 ) crew cab positions
at three (
3 ) forward facing seats

will have radio listen / intercom only. There will be a Remote Push To Talk (RPTT) switch provided for the driver, mounted at
on switch panel
#8
to the right of the driver per job
31138

01-
02 , connected to the drivers side of the U
3816
module for Radio
#1
. There will be a (RPTT)
switch provided for the officer, connected to the officers side of the U 3816
module for Radio
#1

and routed to the back of the Officer seat, coiled, and secured. The Customer will mount final.

Radio
#1
C
3821
(Radio interface cable) Connect to the U
3805
in the Input as shown in Customer
Diagram. "Edit Labeling to include "DRIVER". ran along driver's side raceway behind seatbelt and terminating into the Comm compartment - end of cable labeled 800
Radio
#2
C
3821
(Radio interface cable) Connect to U
3805
input as shown on Customer supplied
diagram. Edit Labeling to show "DRIVER". ran along driver's side raceway behind seatbelt and terminating into the Comm compartment - end of cable labeled VHF.

Radio
#1
C
3821
(Radio interface cable) Connect to PRIMARY INPUT, as shown on Customer Supplied Diagram. Edit Labeling to show "OFFICER". ran along officer's side raceway behind seatbelt and terminating into the Comm compartment - end of cable labeled 800
Radio
#2
C
3821
(Radio interface cable) Connect to PRIMARY INPUT, as shown on Customer Supplied Diagram. Edit Labeling to show "OFFICER". ran along officer's side raceway behind seatbelt and terminating into the Comm compartment - end of cable labeled VHF.

The following components will be supplied with this system:

Two (
2 ) U
3816
Radio Interface Modules (Driver, Officer)
Two (
2 ) U
3805
Radio Cord Junction Module
One (
1 ) RPPT kit for the left side radio
#1

One (
1 ) RPPT kit for the right side radio
#1

One (
1 ) U
3800
Intercom Unit (
2 Crew)
One (
1 ) C
3820
Power Cable
One (
1 ) U
3801
Remote Headset Station (
1 Crew)
All necessary station cables and connectors
0637058
David Clark Universal Radio
Interfaces Included with Single/Dual
System

RADIO / INTERCOM INTERFACE INCLUDED
All radio interfaced stations will have universal radio interfaces installed. The interface wiring will be routed within the cab to
Motorola APX
6500

7/800
MHZ
.
0597914
Headset, David Clark, H3442 Under
Helmet, Flex Mic

UNDER THE HELMET HEADSET
There will be
five (
5 )
under the helmet, headset(s) provided
driver, officer and
3 crew
.

Each David Clark, Model H
3442
, headset will feature:

M-
7 A noise canceling electret microphone
Hybrid wire/flex boom assembly,
280
Â rotating, for perfect microphone placement on left or right side
Dynamic earphone elements
Advanced Undercut Gel Ear Seals for superior comfort
Microphone on/off switch
6 ft. extended coil cord
Adjustable overhead support assembly
Carbon steel nape-band spring, black finish, rotates for left or right side mic positioning Independently Certified NRR:
23 dB
0681408
Hangers For Headsets, NFPA, Each

HEADSET HANGERS
There will be
five (
5 )
headset hanger(s) installed
driver's seat, officer's seat, driver's side
outboard forward facing seat and passenger's side outboard forward facing seat . The hanger(s)
will meet NFPA
1901
, Section

14.1.11 , requirement for equipment mounting.
0616382
Install Customer Provided
GPS/Multimode Antenna(s)

GPS / MULTIMODE ANTENNA INSTALLATION
There will be
one (
1 )
customer supplied GPS / Multimode antenna(s) with stud mount for thick roof material to be installed on the roof. The antenna coax cable(s) will be run per the packing list / instructions provided to the third party installer.

Specific shipping requirements will be followed. The GPS / Multimode antenna will be sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer prior to cab fabrication. 0687904
Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis,
Cable Routed to Behind Officer Seat

RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT
There will be
three (
3 )
standard

1.125
",
18 thread antenna-mounting base(s) installed
(
1 ) PS
forward of side lightbar, (
1 ) PS towards the rear and (
1 ) DS rearward of forward lightbar per
31138

01-02
(SEE PHOTOS). IMPORTANT:All cabling should be loosely run with minimal bending,and encased in protective loom in areas of abrasive objects on the cab roof with high
efficiency, low loss, coaxial cable(s) routed to behind the officer seat. A weatherproof cap will be installed on the mount.
29 784
Bid #:

0752681
SP
Antenna, Panorama, 5-in-1,
MiMo,2G/3G/4G, MiMo WiFi, GPS

COMBO ANTENNA
There will be
one (
1 )
Panorama, LP-IN-
1958
-* bolt on, low profile
5 -in-
1 antenna(s) installed on
the cab roof. The antenna(s) will be
white
. The
5 meter

16.00 ' cables will be routed within the cab
to
inside the center rear facing "radio cabinet" (option
0756860
). NOTE THE ANTENNA IS TO BE

FORWARD OF THE PS CREW CAB LIGHTBAR (SEE PHOTO FOR SPECIFIC LOCATION) .

There will be two (
2 ) cellular cables with SMA connectors, there will be two ( 2 ) WiFi cables with
reverse SMA connectors and one (
1 ) GPS cable with a SMA connector.
0808699
SP
Special CZIII WiFi Antenna Location,
Sacramento, 107

SPECIAL WIFI ANTENNA MOUNT LOCATION
The Command Zone advanced electronics WiFi-GPS antenna will be located on the right side of the cab roof between the forward and rear lightbars
0771345
SP
Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, RS, R
Cameras, Loc

VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following:

One (
1 ) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse.

One (
1 ) camera located on the right side of the apparatus,
RS Front clip above chrome bezel for
front See
#35532
for reference
pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the right side turn signal.

The camera images will be displayed on the left side vehicle information center display. Audio from the microphone on the rear camera will be
passenger side
.

The following components will be included:

One (
1 ) SV-CW
134639
CAI Camera
One (
1 ) CS
134404
CI Side camera
All necessary cables
0511071
Guard, 4-Way, Rear Vision Camera

VEHICLE CAMERA GUARD
There will be
one (
1 )
aluminum treadplate guard(s) fastened over the vehicle camera(s) located centered at the rear
.
0896458
Pierce Command Zone, Advanced
Electronics & Control System, Vel
WiFi CZT

ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting.

Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible.

Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership.

Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of
125
percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA.

Solid-State Control System
A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules,
electronic control modules to include a see through housing, a power indicator, a status indicator and circuit indicators
located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J 1939-11
recommended practices.

The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDX ™
specifications providing a lower cost of ownership.

For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes:

Green LED indicator light for module power
Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic
Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications:

Module circuit board will meet SAE J
771
specifications
Operating temperature from -
40 C to +
70 C
Storage temperature from -
40 C to +
70 C
Vibration to
50 g
IP
67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between
15 centimeters and one (
1 ) meter)
Operating voltage from eight (
8 ) volts to
32 volts DC
The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical.

Circuit Protection and Control Diagram
Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections will be provided 30 784
Bid #:

with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information.

On-Board Electrical System Diagnostics
The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information:

Text description of active warning or caution alarms
Simplified warning indicators
Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm
Red warning indication with steady tone alarm
Advanced diagnostic feature will be provided in this control system. From the Command Zone display or connected wireless device, these features allow the user to monitor the real-time status of every input or output on the vehicle. It also allows users logged in as an administrator to force on inputs or outputs to assist the troubleshooting process.

TCU Module with WiFi
An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE
802.11
b/g/n capabilities while communicating at

2.4 Gigahertz.

The module will communicate through a
white WiFi antenna
allowing a line of site communication
range of up to
300
feet with a roof mounted antenna.

The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone ™,
control
and information system.

The TCU capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone ™,
control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data TCU will provide up to
2 Gigabytes of data storage.

The TCU will provide a means to download the TCU information and update software in the device.

Indicator Light and Alarm Prove-Out System
A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel.

Voltage Monitor System
A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels.

The alarm will activate if the system falls below

11.8 volts DC for more than two (
2 ) minutes.

Dedicated Radio Equipment Connection Points
There will be three (
3 ) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following:
12 -volt
40 -amp battery switched power
12 -volt
60 -amp ignition switched power
12 -volt
60 -amp direct battery power
There will also be a
12 -volt
100
-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center.

EMI/RFI Protection
To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J
551/2
, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio
frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source.

The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J 1113/25
Region
1 , Class C EMR
for
10 KHz-
1 GHz to
100
Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J
551/2
and SAE J
1113/25
Region
1 , Class C EMR for
10 KHz-
1 GHz to
100
Volts/Meter
requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself.

EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and high- powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. 0896456
Prognostics, Electrical System

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROGNOSTICS
There will be a software based vehicle tool provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events.

The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone ™
information center and/or
wireless enabled devices to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals.

Prognostics will include the following:

Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
31 784
Bid #:

0892649
ClearSky Telematics for Remote
Fleet and On-scene Management

TELEMATICS SYSTEM
There will be a cellular based vehicle telematics system consisting of a Telematic Control Unit (TCU) with external cellular WiFi and GPS antenna, and access to a web-based user interface portal provided.

The TCU will be fully integrated into the electrical system. It will monitor the vehicle through the CAN data bus and transmit data through a secure
4 G LTE cellular connection, and be provided
with a
3 year subscription.
.

After accepting the end user license agreement, the vehicle administrator will have access to vehicle location information and vehicle data via a secure web-based interface portal.

The web-based interface will allow users to access vehicle data and configure monitoring tools, providing a global view of the location of each connected asset and a summary of fleet data, which include:

User defined interval notifications
User defined fault alerts
Remote access to Command Zone diagnostics
Vehicle analytics and activity monitoring
Vehicle system status
0730603
Electrical System, Velocity ESP,
Cummins, Paccar

ELECTRICAL
All
12 -volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal.

Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at

2.00 " intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids.

Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:

All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.

Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body.

Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work.

Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug).

All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area.

All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal.

All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108
, will
be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments.

An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order.

The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. 0079211
Batteries, (6) Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA
each, Threaded Stud

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be six (
6 )
12 volt Exide®, Model
31 S
950
X
3 W, batteries that include the following
features will be provided:
950
CCA, cold cranking amps
190
amp reserve capacity
High cycle
Group
31 Rating of
5700
CCA at
0 degrees Fahrenheit
1140
minutes of reserve capacity
Threaded stainless steel studs
Each battery case will be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for increased vibration resistance. The cover will be manifold vented with a central venting location to allow a
45 degree tilt capacity.

The inside of each battery will consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration resistance. 0008621
Battery System, Single Start, All
Custom Chassis

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel.

MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system.

An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system.
32 784
Bid #:

0123174
Battery Compartment, Imp/Vel

BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
The batteries will be stored in well-ventilated compartments that are located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery compartments will be constructed of 3/16
" steel
plate and be designed to accommodate a maximum of three ( 3 ) group
31 batteries in each
compartment. The compartments will include formed fit heavy-duty roto-molded polyethylene battery tray inserts with drains on each side of the frame rails. The batteries will be mounted inside of the roto-molded trays.

JUMPER STUDS
One (
1 ) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be installed on the battery box on the driver's side. This will allow enough room for easy jumper cable access. 0593502
Charger, Sngl Sys, Newmar, EV-40,
023-5353-1 Indicator

BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Newmar, Model EV-
40 , battery charger with a Newmar, Model
023-5353-1
, meter
indicating the state of charge.

The vehicle battery output will be capable of supplying up to 40 amps for charging the batteries.

The charger will include a
15 amp battery saver connection to charge hand lights, batteries, radios or power a
12 volt compressor.

The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through an AC receptacle adjacent to this battery charger.
0779452
Location, Charger, Cab EMS Compt,
Back Wall
The battery charger will be located on the back wall of the EMS compartment, located on the
forward side of the compartment, behind the driver seat .
0536099
Location, Bat Chrg Ind, Driver's Step
Area
The battery charger indicator will be located in the driver's step area. 0016857
Shoreline, 20A 120V, Kussmaul Auto
Eject, 091-55-20-120, Super

AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE
There will be
one (
1 )
Kussmaul
™,
Model
091-55-20-120
,
20 amp
120
volt AC shoreline inlet(s)
provided to operate the dedicated
120
volt AC circuits on the apparatus.

The shoreline inlet(s) will include
red
weatherproof flip up cover(s).

There will be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the engine is starting.

The shoreline(s) will be connected to
battery charger & compartment receptacles
.

There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment.

There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0026800
Shoreline Location

The shoreline receptacle will be located
on the driver side of cab, to the front of cab door
.
0647728
Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy
55SI

ALTERNATOR
A Delco Remy
®
, Model
55 SI, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 430

amps, as measured by SAE method J
56 . The alternator will feature an integral regulator and rectifier system that has been tested and qualified to an ambient temperature of 257
degrees
Fahrenheit (
125
degrees Celsius). The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. 0042767
No Auxiliary Power Supply Req'd,
Aerial Device Only
0550970
Fan, 12v, Electrical Component
Cooling

ELECTRICAL COOLING FAN
There will be
three (
3 )

12 v electrical cooling fan to be located
rear vertical wall of the center rear
facing cabinet utilized as radio compartment. (
1 ) one each in the upper corner and (
1 ) one
centered
–
all up as high as possible)
. The fan will vent the heat outward.

Fan to be wired to the battery switch.
33 784
Bid #:

0092582
Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX

ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER
An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12 -volt
electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

The system will include the following features:

System voltage monitoring.

A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off.

Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels.

Priority levels can be set for individual outputs.

High Idle
to not be controlled by the load manager
.

If enabled:
"Load Man Hi-Idle On" will display on the information center.

Hi-Idle will not activate until
30 seconds after engine start up.

Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed.

The information center indicates system voltage.

The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following:

Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition.

Individual load managed item condition:

ON = not shed
SHED = shed

SEQUENCER
A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire
12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch.

When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half-second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation.

When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order.

Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half- second intervals:

Cab Heater and Air Conditioning
Crew Cab Heater (if applicable)
Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable)
Exhaust Fans (if applicable)
Third Evaporator (if applicable)
0613546
Headlights, Round LED, JW Speaker,
8630 Evolution, Polycarbonate Lens,
Vel/Imp

HEADLIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) JW Speaker Evolution, Model
8630
,

5.60 " round LED lights with
polycarbonate lenses mounted in the front chrome trim housing on each side of the cab grille:

One (
1 ) part number
0549911
, low and high beam installed in the outside position on the driver's side.

One (
1 ) part number
0549911
, low and high beam installed in the inside position on the driver's side.

One (
1 ) part number
0549211
, low and high beam installed in the inside position on the passenger's side.

One (
1 ) part number
0549211
, low and high beam installed in the outside position on the passenger's side.
0648425
Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab
Crn, Imp/Vel/AXT/Qtm/DCF

DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen
600
® series, LED combination directional/marker lights provided.

The lights will be located on the outside cab corners, next to the headlights.

The color of the lenses will be
the same color as the LED's
.
0620054
Light, Directional/Marker,
Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29
LED 2lts

INTERMEDIATE LIGHT
There will be two (
2 ) Weldon, Model
9186-8580-29
, amber LED turn signal marker lights
furnished, one (
1 ) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light.
0736083
Lights, Clearance/Marker, Side, P25
LED 2 Lts, Others With Visor Lt

CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) amber LED lights provided to indicate the presence and overall length of the vehicle in the following locations:

Two (
2 ) lights with amber LEDs as front side clearance lights will be installed, one ( 1 ) on each
side above the cab doors.

All other forward facing clearance lights will be included with the visor scene light. 34 784
Bid #:

0090155
Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear,
Truck-Lite 35200R LED 7Lts

REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING
There will be three (
3 ) Truck-Lite®, Model
35200
R, LED lights used as identification lights located
at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

As close as practical to the vertical centerline
Centers spaced not less than

6.00 " or more than

12.00 " apart
Red in color
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) Truck-Lite, Model
35200
R, LED lights installed at the rear of the apparatus
used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

To indicate the overall width of the vehicle
One (
1 ) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the rear
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) Truck-Lite, Model
35200
R, LED lights installed on the side of the apparatus
as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following:

To indicate the overall length of the vehicle
One (
1 ) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the side
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One ( 1 ) each
side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of

15.00 ", but no more than

60.00 ", above
the ground.

There will be two (
2 ) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One ( 1 )
each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of

15.00 ", but no more than

60.00 ", above
the ground.

Per FMVSS
108
and CMVSS
108
requirements.
0602938
Light, Marker End Outline, Rubber
Arm, LED Marker Lamp, Rear Body

MARKER LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 ) pair
of amber and red LED marker lights with rubber arm, located at the rear most lower corner of the body. The amber lens will face the front and the red lens will face the rear of the truck.

These lights will be activated with the running lights of the vehicle. 0804514
Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red
Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For
Hsg

REAR FMVSS LIGHTING
The rear stop/tail and directional lighting included in the rear tail light housing will include the following:

Two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model M
62 BTT,

4.30 " high x

6.70 " wide x

1.40 " deep brake/tail lights with red
LEDs
Two (
2 ) Whelen, Model M
62 T,

4.30 " high x

6.70 " wide x

1.40 " deep directional lights with amber
LEDs. The directional lights will be set to
Steady On (Arrow)
flash pattern.

The
lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs
.
0806466
Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED,
For Tail Lt Housing
There will be two (2) Whelen Model M62BU, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing. 0889577
Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25
LED, Stainless Brkt

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
One (
1 ) license plate bracket constructed of stainless steel will be provided at the rear of the apparatus.

One (
1 ) white LED light with
chrome housing
will be provided to illuminate the license plate. A
stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear.
0556842
Bezels, Wln, (2) M6 Chrome Pierce,
For mtg (4) Wln M6 lights

LIGHTING BEZEL
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen, Model M
6 FCV
4 P, four (
4 ) place chromed ABS housings with Pierce
logos provided for the rear M
6 series stop/tail, directional, back up, scene lights or warning lights. 0589905
Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO
1040

BACK-UP ALARM
A PRECO, Model
1040
, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and
automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten ( 10 ) dBA above surrounding
environmental noise levels.
0627882
SP
Guard, Alum Treadplate Over Light
Wires, Each

PROTECTIVE COVER FOR LIGHT WIRES
There will be
two (
2 )
aluminum treadplate cover(s) installed to protect the light wire(s), against damage, located
Whelen Summit lights on top of transverse compt one (
1 ) each side
.
0578264
Flash Pattern, California Title13, LED
Warning Lights

WARNING LIGHT FLASH PATTERN
The flash pattern of all the exterior warning lights will be set to meet the certified California, Title XIII flash pattern by either the light manufacturer's default flash pattern or by a conversion change to the certified flash pattern.
35 784
Bid #:

0769420
Lights, Perimeter Cab, Amdor AY-LB-
12HW020 LED 4Dr

CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) Amdor, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
020
,
350
lumens each,

20.00 " white LED strip
lights provided, one (
1 ) for each cab door.

These lights will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the exit doors are opened or by the same means as the body perimeter scene lights. 0765941
Lights, Perimeter Body, Amdor AY-
LB-12HW012 LED 2lts, Turntable
Access

BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Amdor®, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
012
,
190
lumen,

12.00 " long,
12 volt DC white
LED lights provided.

The lights will be mounted in the following locations:

One (
1 ) light under the driver's side turntable access steps One (
1 ) light under the passenger's side turntable access steps The perimeter scene lights will be activated when
the parking brake is applied
.
0896454
Enhanced Software for Perimeter Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR PERIMETER LIGHTS
All perimeter lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is released unless alternate control is selected.

The cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten ( 10 ) seconds for improved visibility
after the doors closed.
0554206
Lights, Step, Aerial w/o Pump

STEP LIGHTS
All steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of NFPA 1901
and will match
the turn table access step lights.
0550452
Lights, Side Scene, Zico ZQL-SS-
LED, Stainless 1st

SCENE LIGHTS
There will be
two (
2 )
Ziamatic, Model Model ZQL-SS-LED, LED scene light(s) with stainless steel housing, installed on the side of the apparatus,
one (
1 ) each side above the rear stabilizers. Note
that there is to be one (
1 ) switch provided for both options (
#0550452
and
#686562
), this one
switch is to control both sets of scene lights! Lights are also to point back and downwards SEE PHOTO
#54
.
.

A control for the light(s) selected above will be the following:
from the same switches provided to activate other scene lights no additional switch location
no additional switch location
no additional switch location
These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0626449
Light, Wln, 12V NP6B* Nano Pioneer
Series LED, Bail Mount 2nd

12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen Model NP
6 B*,
1,800
lumens
12 volt DC LED floodlight(s) and bail
bracket to be located
passenger side on the cab roof, as far forward as possible and under the lightbar towards the outboard side and angled at
45 degrees outwards per Folsom job
31183
.

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

The light(s) selected above will be controlled by the following:
from the same switches provided to activate other scene lights .
no additional switch location
.
no additional switch location
.
no additional switch location
.

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0626453
Light, Wln, 12V NP6B* Nano Pioneer
Series LED, Bail Mount 1st

12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen Model NP
6 B*,
1,800
lumens
12 volt DC LED floodlight(s) and bail
bracket to be located
driver side on the cab roof, as far forward as possible and under the lightbar towards the outboard side and angled at
45 degrees outwards per Folsom job
31183
.

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 36 784
Bid #:

0729921
SP
Light, Roof Mt, Wln S72M**, 72" Cnt
Feature, SUBKT* Mounts, Mkr Lts
Activated
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be a Whelen® Model S
72 M**,

72.00 " long
32,400
lumens DC powered light provided
on the front cab roof as far forward as practical. The
painted parts of this light assembly to be
white
.

The
light(s) to be installed with flat horizontal mounts
.

The light will include the following:

White scene LEDs
Two (
2 ) amber LED modules as clearance lights
Three (
3 ) amber LED modules as identification lights
Four (
4 ) additional LED modules. The
additional modules to be four (
4 ) scene light modules with
white LEDs
The clearance and identification LEDs will be activated with the headlight switch.

The scene LEDs will be activated when the battery switch is on and by a switch at the driver's
side switch panel
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing or spot LED modules.

Amber flashing LED modules will be deactivated when the parking brake is released.

The white scene and flashing LED modules may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0889662
Lights, Wln, S16*M* 16.37" 12VDC,
Brkt Fet 2nd
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model S
16 *M*,
6,480
lumens,

2.48 " high x

16.37 " wide x

2.15 "
deep
12 volt DC light(s) with white, amber LEDs and
flood optics
provided on the cab located,
RS
Cab below side emergency lightbar, above EMS compartment . The
light(s) to be installed on
straight bracket(s) rasing the light(s) off the roof of the cab and to the outside of the cab .

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

The scene LEDs will be controlled
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by the same control that has been selected for the passenger's side scene light(s) and by the same switching that has been selected for the other side scene light(s) on the apparatus .

The
marker lights included in this light housing shall not be energized .

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0889664
Lights, Wln, S16*M* 16.37" 12VDC,
Brkt Fet 1st
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model S
16 *M*,
6,480
lumens,

2.48 " high x

16.37 " wide x

2.15 "
deep
12 volt DC light(s) with white, amber LEDs and
flood optics
provided on the cab located,
LS
Cab below side emergency lightbar, above EMS compartment . The
light(s) to be installed on
straight bracket(s) rasing the light(s) off the roof of the cab and to the outside of the cab .

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

The scene LEDs will be controlled
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by the same control that has been selected for the driver's side scene light(s) and by the same switching that has been selected for the other side scene light(s) on the apparatus .

The
marker lights included in this light housing shall not be energized .

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0748793
Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, RS
Body
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model S
44 M**,
19,440
lumens

44.00 "
12 volt DC light(s) with
white LEDs provided on the right side of the body located, centered over RS
7 , Match
#32604
.

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

The light(s) will include the following:
10 scene light modules with white LEDs
Three (
3 ) amber LEDs as marker lights
Two (
2 ) additional LED modules. The
additional modules to be two (
2 ) scene light modules with
white LEDs
.

The lights will be activated per the following:

The amber marker lights
not activated
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing warning LED modules when selected.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0748795
Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, LS
Body
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model S
44 M**,
19,440
lumens

44.00 "
12 volt DC light(s) with
white LEDs provided on the left side of the body located, Centered over LS
6 , Match
#32604
. The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

The lights will be activated per the following:

The amber marker lights
not activated
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing warning LED modules when selected.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 37 784
Bid #:

0672327
Lights, Deck, Wln (2) MPBW Micro
Pioneer LED Rear Flood Lights

DECK LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model MPBW, white
12 volt DC LED floodlights with stud bail
mount provided at the rear of the hose bed, one (
1 ) each side.

The lights will be activated by a
control from a switch at the rear of the truck and a switch located at the driver side switch panel
.
0645681
Lights, Not Required, Rear Work,
Deck Lights At Rear
0762433
Lights, Walk Surf, Amdor AY-LB-
12HW0**, LED, Cargo Areas, Front
Sheet

WALKING SURFACE LIGHTS
There will be
Two (
2 )
Amdor®, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
0 **, white
12 volt DC LED strip light(s)
provided in the cargo area to illuminate the interior surface of the cargo area. Light(s) will be located on the front sheet of the body above the cargo area.

The light will be activated when the body step lights are on. 0788427
Aerial, HD Ladder 107' ASL Tandem,
No Pump, Alum Body

0554269
Body Skirt Height, 18"

0553847
Not Required, Restraint, No Water
Tank, Aerial/Rescue w/ Water Tank,
Export
0073475
Cargo Area, Alum, IPO Hose Bed,
Ascend TA, PAL

CARGO AREA
The cargo area will be fabricated of .
125
"
5052
aluminum with a tensile strength range of
31,000

to
38,000
psi.

The sides will not form any portion of the fender compartments.

The upper and rear edges of the side panels will have a double break for rigidity.

The cargo area will be located ahead of the ladder turntable.

Flooring of the cargo area will be aluminum treadplate. 0723547
Painted Hose Bed/Cargo Area

The hose bed/cargo area interior will be painted
to match the lower body color
.
0590684
SP
Cover, Cargo Area Above Torque
Box, Alum Treadplate

CARGO AREA COVER
A two (
2 ) section cargo area cover, constructed of .
125
" bright aluminum treadplate will be
furnished over the cargo area under the aerial device and between the upper body compartments. The cover will be hinged with full length stainless steel piano hinge. The sides will be slanted down.

The cover will be reinforced so that it can support the weight of a man walking on the cover.

Chrome grab handles and four (
4 ) gas filled cylinders will be provided to assist in opening and closing the cover. A handrail is to be provided at the rear, in the center of the support, to assist in opening the cover.
0735733
Turntable Steps-Morton Cass, Swing
Down,LS/RS,Ascend
TA,PAL,PAP,Handhld Cut Outs

TURNTABLE STEPS
Steps to access the turntable from the left and right side will be provided just behind the compartmentation.

There shall be no bottom flip step provided.

The bottom step will have a step
height not exceeding

24.00 " from the ground to the top surface of the step at any time. All steps will have a height no greater than

14.00 " from top surface to top surface.

The steps will be a swing-down design, with the stepping area made of Morton Tread-Grip® channel.

The stepwell will be lined with bright aluminum treadplate to act as scuffplates.

The steps will be connected to the "Do Not Move Truck" indicator.

A knurled aluminum handrail will be provided on each side of the access steps.

A hand hold will be provided in the left and right side of each set of access steps. 0892656
Lights, Step (6), P25 LED, Each Side

STEP LIGHTS
There will be three (
3 ) white LED step lights with
chrome housing
provided for each set of aerial
turntable access steps.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles
(fc) covering an entire
15 " x
15 " square placed ten (
10 ) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire
30 " x
30 " square at the same ten (
10 ) inch distance below the light.

The step lights will be activated
when the parking brake is applied
.
0690023
Wall, Rear, Smooth Aluminum

SMOOTH ALUMINUM REAR WALL
The rear wall will be smooth aluminum.
38 784
Bid #:

0029503
Tow Eyes (2), Painted Lower Job
Color, Aerial

TOW EYES
Two (
2 ) rear painted tow eyes will be located at the rear of the apparatus and will be mounted directly to the torque box. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will be radiused. Each tow eye will be rated for
9000
lb and painted to match the lower job color.
0013641
Construction, Compt, Alum,
Ascendant Tandem, PAL

COMPARTMENTATION
Compartmentation will be fabricated of

0.125
"
5052
aluminum. The side compartments are an
integral assembly with the rear fenders. Fully enclosed rear wheel housings will be provided to prevent rust pockets and for ease of maintenance. Due to the severe loading requirements of this aerial, a method of compartment body support suitable for the intended load will be provided.

The backbone of the support system will be the chassis frame rail, which is the strongest component of the chassis and is designed for sustaining maximum loads.

A support system will be used which will incorporate a floating substructure by using Neoprene Elastomer isolators to allow the body to remain rigid while the chassis goes through its natural flex. The isolators will have a broad range of proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail safe design, and allow for all necessary movement in three ( 3 ) transitional and rotational modes.

This will result in a
500
lb equipment rating for each lower compartment of the body.

The compartmentation in front of the rear axle will include a

3.00 " steel support assemblies which
are bolted to the chassis frame rails. A steel framework will be mounted to the body above these support assemblies connected to the support assemblies with isolators. There will be one ( 1 )
support assembly mounted to each chassis frame rail.

The compartmentation behind the rear axle will include

3.00 " steel support assemblies which are
bolted to the chassis frame rails and extend underneath to the outside edge of the body. The support assembly will be coated to isolate the dissimilar metals before it is bolted to the body.

There will be one (
1 ) support assembly mounted to each chassis frame rail.

Compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip. The compartment door openings are framed by flanging the edges in

1.75 " and bending
out again

0.75 " to form an angle. Drip protection is provided over all door openings by means of bright aluminum extrusion or formed bright aluminum treadplate. Side compartment tops will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate with a

1.00 " rolled over edge on the front, rear and
outward side. The covers are fabricated in one (
1 ) piece and have the corners welded. A bright
aluminum treadplate cover will be provided on the front wall of each side compartment. All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts at the ends to prevent injury.

The body design has been fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite element analysis, model analysis, stress coating and strain gauging have been performed with special attention given to fatigue life and structural integrity of the compartment body and substructure.

AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE
All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards.

LOUVERS
All body compartments will have a minimum of one (
1 ) set of louvers stamped into a wall to
provide the proper airflow inside the compartment and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. These louvers will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate.
0527622
SP
Compt w/No Pump, 60" Wide
w/Rollup Door, Special Hgt

COMPARTMENT IN PLACE OF PUMP
A roll-up door compartment will be installed in place of the pump and pump panel.

It will be approximately

54.25 " wide x

75.50 " high x

24.50 " deep in the lower area and
transversed in the top portion of the compartment.

The door opening will be approximately

51.25 " wide x

67.88 " high.

The transverse portion of the compartment will vary depending on chassis and engine combination.
0891800
Compt, LS F/H F/D, Roll Drs, Ascend
TA, 105', 100 HAL, No Pump No
Tank

LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
A full height roll-up door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be

41.75 " wide x

64.00 " high
x

24.25 " deep inside with an clear door opening of

38.75 " wide x

56.38 " high.

One (
1 ) roll-up door compartment above the fender compartments and over the rear axles will be provided. The compartment will be

72.13 " wide x

33.25 " high x

24.25 " deep inside with a clear
door opening of

63.75 " wide x

25.50 " high.

A compartment with a single pan
polished stainless steel
door will be located above the front
stabilizer. The door will be hinged
on the rear body side
with a
SouthCo C
2 chrome raised trigger
lever latch
. The compartment will be approximately

18.00 " wide x

23.00 " high x

24.25 " deep with
a door opening of approximately

12.00 " wide x

15.75 " high.
0063703
Compt, LS Turntable, F/H F/D, Roll
Drs, Ascendant Tandem, 105 HDL

A full height roll-up door compartment behind the rear wheels will be

43.75 " wide x

49.25 " high x

21.25 " deep. The clear door opening will be

40.75 " wide x

41.62 " high.

There will be one (
1 ) compartment below the turntable with a roll-up door. The compartment will be

39.38 " wide x

18.38 " high x

21.25 " deep with a door opening of

33.75 " wide x

10.75 " high.
0023672
Compt, IPO Stairs, Not Required, LS

39 784
Bid #:

0063735
Compt, RS F/H F/D, Roll Drs, w/o
Chute, Ascendant Tandem, 105', 100
HAL

RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
A full height roll-up door compartment, ahead of the rear wheels, will be

41.75 " wide x

64.00 " high
x

24.25 " deep inside with a clear door opening of

38.75 " wide x

56.38 " high.

One (
1 ) roll-up door compartment will be provided above the fender compartments and over the rear axles. The compartment will be

72.13 " wide x

33.25 " high x

24.25 " deep inside with a clear
door opening of

63.75 " wide x

25.50 " high.

A compartment with a single pan
polished stainless steel
door will be located above the front
stabilizer. The door will be hinged
on the rear body side
with a
lift and turn latch
. The
compartment will be approximately

18.00 " wide x

23.00 " high x

24.25 " deep with a door opening
of approximately

12.00 " wide x

15.75 " high.
0063739
Compt, RS Turntable, F/H F/D, Roll
Drs, Ascendant Tandem, 105 HDL

A full height roll-up door compartment, behind the rear wheels, will be

43.75 " wide x

49.25 " high x

21.25 " deep. The clear door opening will be

40.75 " wide x

41.62 " high.

There will be a compartment, below the turntable, with a roll-up door. The compartment will be

39.38 " wide x

18.38 " high x

21.25 " deep with a door opening of

33.75 " wide x

10.75 " high.
0023673
Compt, IPO Stairs, Not Required, RS

0594012
Doors, Amdor, Rollup, Side
Compartments

SIDE COMPARTMENT ROLL-UP DOORS
There will be
11 compartment doors
installed on the side compartments, double faced, aluminum construction,
satin aluminum
and manufactured by AMDOR
™
brand roll-up doors.

Door(s) will be constructed using

1.00 " extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools.

The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement.

Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One ( 1 ) fin will be
designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal which will also allow for compression to prevent water ingression.

The doors will be mounted in a one (
1 )-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials.

Bottom panel flange of roll-up door will be equipped with two ( 2 ) cut-outs to allow for easier
access with gloved hands.

A stainless steel lift bar to be provided for opening the door and located at the bottom of each door with latches on the outer extrusion of the door frame. A ledge to be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door
. The lift bar will be located at the bottom of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals.

All injection molded roll-up door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 nylon.

Each roll-up door will have a

3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door.

The header for the roll-up door assembly will not exceed

4.00 ".

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 0552955
Blister, Compts in Front of Rear Axle,
To Clear Firemaax Suspension

COMPARTMENT BLISTER
A blister in the compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided to clear the front bracket of the Firemaax suspension. This blister will take away some of the interior area of the compartment.
0018820
Bumper, Rear, 5" w/Treadplate
Cover, Ascendant Tandem, PAP,

PAL, RMAP

REAR BUMPER
A

5.00 " rear bumper will be furnished. Bumper will be constructed of steel framework and will be covered with polished aluminum treadplate. The bumper will be

4.00 " deep x

5.00 " high and will
be spaced away from the body approximately

1.00 ". It will extend the full width of the body.
0603711
Guard, Drip Pan, S/S, Rollup Door,
Aerial

DOOR GUARD
There will be
nine (
9 ) compartment doors
that will include a guard/drip pan designed to protect
the rollup door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed on the left side rearward compartment,
left side forward over the wheel compartment, left side forward compartment, left side forward compartment, right side rearward compartment, right side forward over the wheel compartment, right side forward compartment, right side forward compartment and rear compartment .
0795390
Pull Strap for Rollup Doors, Amdor
Flex-HD

ROLLUP DOOR PULL STRAP
There will be
two (
2 ) compartment doors
provided with Amdor Flex-HD pull straps. The
compartment door(s) to be provided with a pull strap will be LS
5 & RS
6 40
784
Bid #:

0680510
Lights, Compt, Amdor AY-9250 Red
LED, Dual Lt Strips, Each Side of
Door

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be
twelve (
12 )
compartments with Amdor, Model AY-
9250
, red LED compartment light
strips. The strips will be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. The compartments with these strip lights will be located
All body compartments, including the single
pan over front outriggers
. The lights will be mounted with mechanical fasteners.

Any remaining compartments will include

6.00 " diameter Truck-Lite, Model:
79384
, lights in each
enclosed compartment. Each light will have a number
1076
single filament, dual wire bulb.

Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0603420
Shelf Tracks, Painted, Aerial

MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be
seven (
7 ) sets of tracks
for mounting shelf(s) in
LS
1 , LS
3 , LS
4 , RS
1 , RS
2 , RS
4 and
RS
5 . These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s), and will be full height of the compartment. The tracks will be painted to match the compartment interior. 0625835
Shelves, Adjustable, 500 lb Capacity,
Full Width/Depth, Special Side Height

ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be
six (
6 ) shelves
with a capacity of
500
lb provided. The shelf construction will consist
of .
188
" aluminum
painted spatter gray
. Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.

The shelves will be held in place by .
12 " thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.

The location will be
(
1 ) LS
1 , (
1 ) LS
3 , (
1 ) LS
4 , (
1 ) RS
2 , (
1 ) RS
4 and (
1 ) RS
5 .

The side height of the shelf/shelves will be as follows:

Front:

2.00 " high
Rear:

2.00 " high
Left & Right Sides:

2.00 " high
0099146
Tray, 500 lb Slide-Out, 2" Sides - Adj.

Height, 1/2 Trans

SLIDE-OUT ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TRAY
There will be
four (
4 ) slide-out trays
provided.

Each tray will have

2.00 " high sides and will be half (
1/2
) the depth of the transverse
compartment. The capacity rating of the tray will be
500
lb in the extended position.

Each tray will be mounted on a pair of side mounted slides. The slide mechanisms will have ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service. The slides will be mounted to shelf tracks to allow the tray to be adjustable up and down within the designated mounting location.

An automatic lock will be provided for both the in and out tray positions. The lock trip mechanism will be located at the front of the tray and will be easily operated with a gloved hand.

The tray(s) will be located
two in compartment LS
6 , and two in compartment RS
7 . These trays
are to be located to the rear of the partition. Per Photo #29
&
68 .
.
0709690
Tray, 250 lb Slide-out, 2" Sides - Adj.

Height, Predefined Locations

SLIDE-OUT ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TRAY
There will be
two (
2 ) slide-out trays
provided.

Each tray will have

2.00 " high sides and a minimum capacity rating of
250
lb in the extended
position.

Each tray will be constructed of aluminum
painted spatter gray
.

An automatic lock will be provided for both the in and out tray positions. The lock trip mechanism will be located at the front of the tray and will be easily operated with a gloved hand.

The location(s) will be
in RS
5 centered between the floor and the ceiling and in LS
4 centered
between the floor and ceiling
0647045
Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out, Full
Width/Full Depth, 500lb, 2.00" Sides,
2G

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be
four (
4 )
floor mounted slide-out tray(s) with

2.00 " sides provided
(
1 ) LS
1 , (
1 ) LS
4 ,
(
1 ) RS
2 and (
1 ) RS
5 . Each tray will be rated for up to
500
lb in the extended position. The tray(s)
will be constructed of a minimum .
13 " aluminum. The finish will be
painted spatter gray
.

The trays will be designed for maximum compartment width and depth.

There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250
lb each provided. The pair of
slides will have a safety factor rating of
2 .

To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of
1,000
hours of salt spray per ASTM B
117
.

To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50 lb force for push-in or
pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker)
test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition.

Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 0726429
Partition, Vertical Compt, Transverse
Compt, Aerials/HDRs

PARTITION IN TRANSVERSE COMPARTMENT
One (
1 ) partition
will be bolted in
in compartment LS
6 /RS
7 this partition will be up as tight as
possible against the existing tool board that is tight against the cradle notch at the front of the compartment Per
29 ,
67 &
68 .
. Each partition will be the full vertical height of the compartment. 41 784
Bid #:

0808849
SP
Compt,Top of Compt,Hatch
Style,Alum Tread,Spec Door
Spacing,Extra Handles,Aerial

STORAGE COMPARTMENT(S)
There will be
two (
2 )
storage compartment(s) provided on top of the
left and right
side
compartment(s). There will be
two (
2 ) horizontally hinged, equally sized lift-up doors with chains on each end of each door
with a
socket and plunger with a chrome grab handle
on each door. All
doors will be hinged on the outside of the apparatus.

The door(s) shall be the maximum size and
may require the aerial device to be unbedded before opening.

The doors will be specially spaced, allowing for approximately

21.75 " of top catwalk at the rear.

There will also be an extra handle on each cover, one ( 1 ) in each corner of the door. These
handles will match the standard handle and be oriented to match.

The size of each compartment will be approximately
132.50
" long
x

9.00 "
high x

24.50 " wide
and
will be constructed of aluminum treadplate and properly reinforced to sustain the weight of a firefighter. Each box will be
bolted to the top of the body compartment
.

There will be a
white LED strip light
installed on the inside edge of the compartment that runs the full length of the compartment.
0788899
SP
Box, Poly Tool, Spcl Size, w/ Divider

TOOL BOX
A black poly tool box will be furnished.

The size will be

7.50 " wide x

15.50 " long x

12.50 " deep. There shall be a minimum clear opening
of

6.50 " wide x

14.50 " long x

11.5 " deep. There shall be one (
1 ) divider that runs the length
(

15.50 ") of the poly box
.

There will be one (
1 ) divider that runs the length of the poly box.

Construction will be of .
50 " polypropylene plastic with joints and seams nitrogen welded. A cut out carrying handle will be provided on each end.

Each tool box will be held in place with plastic angles.

There will be
one (
1 )
provided. It will be located
shipped loose
.
0539811
Box, Poly Tool

TOOL BOX
A tool box will be furnished.

The outside size will be

21.00 " long
x

10.00 " wide
x

9.00 " deep
.

The tool box will be
black
in color.

Construction will be of .
50 " polypropylene plastic with joints and seams nitrogen welded. A cut out carrying handle will be provided on each end.

There will be
five (
5 )
provided. It will be located
shipped loose
.
0542387
Compt, IPO Chute, Rear Access,
Tandem Axle, Smooth Alum Door

COMPARTMENT IPO HOSE CHUTE
There will be
one (
1 )
compartment(s) located on the
RS, Match job
#32604
side of the body at
the rear, in place of the hose chute. Each compartment will be approximately

10.00 " wide x

46.00 " deep. The rear

22.50 " of length will be

16.00 " high. The remaining forward length will be

14.00 " high. Each compartment will have a smooth aluminum lift up door with a D-handle latch
.
0028026
Matting, Turtle Tile, Compt Shelving
only

MATTING, COMPARTMENT SHELVING
Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in
17 shelves
. The locations are,
all adjustable
shelves (
9 total) and all slide-out trays (
6 total)
.

The color of the Turtle Tile will be
black
.
0659383
Matting, Turtle Tile w/Ramp, Compt
Floors

MATTING, COMPARTMENT FLOOR
Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in
seven (
7 )
compartments on the compartment
floor. The locations are,
LS
2 , LS
3 , LS
6 below floor extension, RS
1 , RS
3 , RS
4 and RS
7 below
floor extension and rear RS hose chute
.

The Turtle Tile will be
black
and the leading edge of the matting will include the beveled edge.

The beveled edge will be
black
.
0796215
Floor Extension, Compartment, 1.00"
Upturned Lip

FLOOR EXTENSION
There will be a compartment floor extension provided. The floor extension will extend from the area over the frame rails to within an inch of the compartment door. The floor extension will have a

1.00 " vertical upturned lip and no return flange.

A total of
two (
2 )
will be provided and located
(
1 ) LS
6 and (
1 ) RS
6 . DIMENSION FROM THE TOP

OF THE FLOOR (NOT THE TURTLE TILE) TO THE BOTTOM SIDE OF THE FLOOR

EXTENSION TO BE
15 " PER
31138

01-02
- NO EXCEPTIONS
.
0083945
Shelf, Trans Compt, Full Width

SHELF, ADJUSTABLE, TRANSVERSE
A full width shelf will be installed
in compartment LS
6 /RS
6 this shelf will be above the two slide
out trays, which are to the rear of the partition. The inside dimension will be 85 "
. The shelf
construction will consist of .
125
" pan-shaped aluminum, with

2.00 " sides. The shelf will be
infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded tightener, which slides in a track. 42 784
Bid #:

0069435
SP
Toolboard, .188 Alum, 2-way Slide-
out, Adj., 60", Mounted to Utility Tray

SLIDE-OUT TOOL BOARD
A slide-out aluminum tool board will be provided. The tool board will be a minimum of . 18 " thick
with .
20 " diameter holes in a pegboard pattern, on

1.00 " centers.

The board dimensions will be approx.

60.00 " long x as high as possible.

1.19 " flange will be formed along the bottom with the top and sides of the board framed with 1 "
square tubing. The corners of the flanges will be welded to provide a rigid assembly.

The board will be mounted on a small sliding tray. The construction of the tray will consist of 6061
-T
6 aluminum extrusions for the sides with a .
18 " thick aluminum floor. The corners will be
welded to form a rigid unit.

The capacity rating will be
500
pounds minimum in the extended position. The slide assemblies will be manufactured with
6061
-T
6 aluminum extrusions. The tray will be supported by a minimum of eight (
8 ) roller bearings each rated for a
500
pound load.

The board will slide-out of the compartment in both directions two thirds of its length. Positive locks for the stowed and extended position will be provided.

The board will be mounted in the sliding tray. The tray will be mounted on aluminum track to allow sideways adjustment of the tool board and tray.

There will be a total of
one (
1 )
provided
in transverse compartment LS
6 /RS
7 . Toolboard is to be
located from the driver's side framerail to the door opening of RS 7 , and as far forward in the
compartment as possible. Must pull out both directions but not the same amount. Per 29 &
68 .
.
0004016
Rub Rail, Aluminum Extruded, Side
of Body

RUB RAIL
Bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail.

Trim will be

2.12 " high with

1.38 " flanges turned outward for rigidity.

The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage.
0802978
Fender Crowns, Rear, S/S,
w/Removable Fender Liner, Aerial,
2G, Two Pair

BODY FENDER CROWNS
Polished stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings with a dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.

The fender crowns will be held in place with stainless steel screws that thread directly into a composite nut and not directly into the parent body sheet metal to eliminate dissimilar metals contact and greatly reduce the chance for corrosion. Rubber welting will be provided between the body and crown.

BODY FENDER LINER
A
painted to match the lower body color
fender liner will be provided. The liners will be removable to aid in the maintenance of rear suspension components. 0505105
Handle, Grab, Chrome, Each

CHROME GRAB HANDLE
Eight (
8 ) handrails
, chrome plated grab handle, will be mounted
install
2 on each hatch door -
1 each inboard corner at a
45 degree angle (SEE MARKED UP APPROVAL PRINT)
.
0802986
Compt, Air Bottle, Between Tandems,
Four (4) Bottles, w/ Straps, Bolt-In,
Aerial

FOUR AIR BOTTLE STORAGE COMPARTMENT
A total of
one (
1 ) air bottle compartment
will be provided and located
on the right side
, centered
between the tandem rear wheels. The air bottle compartment will consist of individual bins each designed to hold an air bottle with a maximum diameter of

7.63 " and a maximum depth of

26.00 ".

Each compartment will hold a total of four (
4 ) air bottles. The compartment will accommodate
three (
3 ) bottles across the top and one (
1 ) centered below. The bottom air bottle will be
accessible only when the top center bottle is removed and the hinged partition over the bottom bottle is lifted up. Each bottle will be separated by a partition.

A
drop down door with support cables
with
pair of Southco raised trigger C
2 chrome lever latches
will be provided for each compartment. The door will be painted to match the lower body

stainless steel. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

Inside the compartment there will be a drain hole and
black Dura-Surf friction reducing material
.

AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP
Straps will be provided in the air bottle compartment(s) to help contain the top three ( 3 ) air
bottles. The straps will wrap around the neck of each bottle and attach to the wall of the compartment.
0804249
Compt, Equipment/Air Pack, Between
Tandems, Bolt-In, Aerial

EQUIPMENT STORAGE
A total of
one (
1 )
compartment(s) will be provided and located
on the left side
, centered between
the tandem rear wheels. The compartment(s) will be approximately

16.00 " wide at the top x

8.00 "
wide at the bottom with tapered sides. The compartment(s) will be approximately

12.00 " high x

26.00 " deep.

A
drop down door with support cables
and a
Southco raised trigger C
2 chrome lever latch
will be
provided for each compartment. The door will be
painted to match the lower body
stainless steel.

Inside the compartment there will be a drain hole and
black Dura-Surf friction reducing material
. A
dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.
43 784
Bid #:

0804248
Compt, Air Pack Fender Panel
Corner, Bolt-In, Tandem Aerials

AIR PACK STORAGE IN FENDER PANEL CORNER
An air pack compartment will be provided in the upper corner of a total of two (
2 )
fender located
on the right side forward of the rear wheels and on the right side rearward of the rear wheels . The
air pack compartment(s) will be tapered to match the profile of the space available in the fender.

The compartment(s) will be approximately

15.50 " wide at the top and

4.50 " wide at the bottom for
the wheel cutout. The compartment(s) will be

14.50 " tall at the body side compartment and

5.00 "
tall at the wheel cutout. The compartment(s) will be

26.00 " deep and have a drain hole. Inside the
compartment, there will be
black Dura-Surf friction reducing material
.

A
vertically hinged door
with tapered corners and a
Southco raised trigger C
2 chrome lever latch

will be provided for each compartment. The door will be painted to match the lower body
stainless
steel. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.
0004218
Ladder, 35' Duo-Safety 1200A 2-Sect

EXTENSION LADDER
There will be
two (
2 )

35 ' two (
2 ) section aluminum Duo-Safety Series
1200
-A extension ladder(s)
provided.
0004222
Ladder, 24' Duo-Safety 900A 2-
Section

AERIAL EXTENSION LADDER
There will be
two (
2 )

24 ' two (
2 ) section aluminum Series
900
-A extension ladder(s) provided and
located
in the aerial torque box
.
0024232
Ladder, 16' Duo-Safety 875A Roof

ROOF LADDER
There will be
one (
1 )

16 ' aluminum Duo-Safety Series
875
-A roof ladder(s) provided.
0655286
Ladder, 14' Duo-Safety 775-DR Roof
with 7/8" Hooks

ADDED ROOF LADDER
There will be
one (
1 )

14 ' aluminum roof ladder(s), Duo-Safety series
775
-A with a pair of
7/8
"
hooks at each end provided.
0014233
Ladder, 18' Duo-Safety 875A Roof

ADDED ROOF LADDER
There will be
one (
1 )

18 ' roof, aluminum, Series
875
-A provided.
0014232
Ladder, 20' Duo-Safety 875A Roof

ADDED ROOF LADDER
There will be
one (
1 )

20 ' roof, aluminum, Series
875
-A provided.
0521218
Not Required, Attic Extension Ladder

0015157
Ladder, 14' Duo-Safety Folding, 585A

FOLDING LADDER, AERIAL
There will be a
14 ' aluminum, Duo-Safety, Series
585
-A folding ladder provided.
0592248
Ladders Stored in Torque Box,
Amdor Roll, Ascendant TA, PAL,
PAP

GROUND LADDER STORAGE
The ground ladders are stored within the torque box and are removable from the rear.

Ladders will be enclosed to prevent road dirt and debris from fouling or damaging the ladders.

The ladders rest in full length stainless steel slides and are arranged in such a manner that any one ladder can be removed without having to move or remove any other ladder.

An AMDOR rollup door will be provided at the rear, double faced, aluminum construction, satin
aluminum
and manufactured by AMDOR manufacturing. The latching mechanism will consist of a full length lift bar lock with latches on the outer extrusion of the door frame.

A stainless plate with a two bend flange and a stainless steel hinge will be provided to secure the aerial ladder complement. The plate assembly will be mounted to the bottom of the entrance of the torque box ladder storage area.

When the plate is vertical, it will secure the ladders and prevent them from migrating to the rear of the apparatus. When the plate is down and not securing the ladders, the roll-up door can not close, which will activate the "Open Door Indicator Light" within the cab. The roll-up door together with hinge friction will secure the plate in place during driving operations.

A door guard will be provided to prevent tools inside the torque box from damaging the roll-up door.
0774862
Lights, Torque Box Ladder Storage,
Amdor AY-9250-022, red 2 Lts, LED

LADDER STORAGE LIGHTING
There will be two (
2 ) Amdor part number AY-
9250-22
,
12 volt DC strip lights with red LEDs used
to illuminate the torque box ladder storage compartment, one ( 1 ) each side.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the ladder storage compartment door is opened.
0004249
Slides, Dura-Surf, Ground Ladder
Storage, Horizontal Surfaces,
Ascendant,PAL,PAP

DURA-SURF LADDER SLIDES
Black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be added to the stainless steel slides, on the bottom horizontal surfaces, of the ladder storage rack.
44 784
Bid #:

0602708
Pike Pole, 12', Aerial, Provided by
Fire Department, NFPA 2016

12 ' PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, Section

8.8.1.3 requires four (
4 ) pike poles mounted in brackets
fastened to the apparatus.

The pike poles are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the pike poles.

There will be
two (
2 )

12 ' pike pole(s) provided. The pike pole(s) will be a
Nupla
12 ' pike pole
.
0547754
Not Required, Pike, Pole, 8'

0549137
Not Required, Pike Pole, 6'

0548410
Not Required, Pole, Pike, 3'
0054792
Pike Pole, 8' Nupla, Vent Hook, RH-
8DA, w/D Handle
8 ' PIKE POLE
There will be
two (
2 )

8 Nupla RH-
8 DA aluminum pike pole(s) provided with D-grip handles and roof/vent rubbish hooks.
0770464
Trough, S/S, Torque Box/Ladder
Storage, D-Handled Pike Pole/Trash
Hooks

PIKE POLE STORAGE IN TORQUE BOX/LADDER STORAGE
There will be a total of
two (
2 )
stainless steel trough(s) provided in the torque box/ladder storage area.

The trough(s) will accommodate a
Fire Hooks Unlimited
8 ' all purpose hook with D handle
.
0770578
Pike Pole Tubes, in Torque
Box/Ladder Storage, ABS

PIKE POLE STORAGE IN TORQUE BOX/LADDER STORAGE
There will be ABS tubing provided in the torque box/ladder storage area for a total of two (
2 )
pike
poles.

If the head of a pike pole can come into contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided.
0024388
No Steps Required, Front Of Body
0512558
Platform, Slide Out, 500 lb Capacity,
Alum 4-Way, Full Width

SLIDE-OUT PLATFORM
Two (
2 ) slideout platforms
will be provided
under LS
6 and RS
7 . The step will be as wide as
possible. The capacity rating will be
500#
in the extended position. Automatic locks will be
provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.

There will be
an Amdor Model AY-LB-
12 HW
0 **
white
12 volt DC LED light provided to illuminate
the ground area.
0724154
Step, Folding - Extra, Body Only,
Trident
Two (2) additional folding steps
will be located
on the rear bulkhead of compartment LS3, and
RS4 . Reference job #32604
. The step(s) will be bright finished, non-skid, with
a luminescent
tread coating, that is rechargeable from any light source and can hold a charge for up to 24 hours,
on the stepping surface. The step(s) can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand.
0508020
Air Horn, (1) Hadley, 6" Round,
eTone, In Bumper

AIR HORN SYSTEM
One (
1 ) Hadley round air horn with

6.00 " bell will be recessed in the front bumper. The air horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing

0.38 " tubing. A pressure protection
valve will be installed to prevent the loss of air in the brake system. 0606839
Location, Air Horn, Bumper, Left
Side, Outside Frame, Inboard (Pos
#6)
Air Horn Location
The air horn will be located on the left side of the bumper, just outside of the frame rail. 0757092
Control, Air Horn, Multi Select

Air Horn Control
The air horn(s) will be activated by the following:
0757081
Control, Air Horn, Ft Sw, LS

Left side foot switch
0723391
Control, Air Horn, Chrome Push
Button Sw, RS
Right side chrome push button switch
0525667
Siren, Wln 295SLSA1, 100 or 200
Watt

ELECTRONIC SIREN
A Whelen®, Model
295
SLSA
1 , electronic siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided.

This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on. 45 784
Bid #:

0510206
Location, Elect Siren, Recessed
Overhead In Console

Electronic siren head will be
recessed in the overhead console above the engine tunnel on the officer side
.
0076156
Control, Elec Siren, Head Only
The electronic siren will be controlled on the siren head only. No horn button or foot switches will be provided.
0601306
Speaker, (1) Wln, SA315P, w/Pierce
Polished Stainless Steel Grille, 100
watt

SPEAKER
There will be one (
1 ) Whelen®, Model SA
315
P, black nylon composite,
100
-watt, speaker with
through bumper mounting brackets and polished stainless steel grille provided. The speaker will be
connected to the siren amplifier
.
0601555
Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper,
Recessed, Left Side, Outside
Frame,Outbrd (Pos 7)
The speaker will be recessed in the left side of the front bumper, towards the outside. 0895310
Siren, Federal Q2B

AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN
There will be a Federal Signal Model Q
2 B mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus.

The Q
2 B will be
chrome finish
.

The siren will have a
2 -gauge cable connected to a power solenoid that is connected by a 2 -
gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q 2 B+ at the
battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on.

The siren will have a
2 -gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will be labeled Q
2 B- at the battery.
0006097
Location of Siren, Recessed in
Bumper
The mechanical siren will be recessed in the front bumper in the center
. The siren will be properly
supported using the bumper framework.
0748305
Control, Mech Siren, Multi Select

MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
The mechanical siren will be activated by the following:
0748279
Control Mech Siren, Push Button Sw,
RS
Right side push button switch.
0748282
Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw LS

Left side foot switch.
0736158
Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary, Lower
Sw Pnl
A momentary switch will be included in the lower switch panel to activate the siren brake. 0746353
Not Required, Warning Lights
Intensity
0791893
SP
Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 2-

21.5", RRRRR RRsrRR

FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 )

21.50 " Whelen® Freedom
™
IV lightbars mounted on the cab roof, one (
1 )
on each side, above the driver's and passenger's door, facing forward.

The driver's side lightbar will include the following:

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside end position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside front corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the inside front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the inside front corner position.

The passenger's side lightbar will include the following:

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the inside front corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the inside front position.

One (
1 ) steady red LED module in the outside front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside front corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside end position.

There will be
clear lenses and colored filters included on the lightbar .

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbars. 0691599
Light, GTT, 792* Strobe Opticom
Emitter, Remote Mounted on Cab
Roof

TRAFFIC LIGHT CONTROLLER
There will be a GTT, Model
792
* strobe Opticom traffic light controller with
national standard high
priority
remote mounted on the front edge of the cab
on the DS
.

The Opticom traffic light controller will be activated
by a cab switch with emergency master
control
.

The Opticom traffic light controller will have
no momentary activation switch
.

The Opticom traffic light controller will be disabled when the parking brake is applied. 46 784
Bid #:

0605741
Lightbars, Wln, Freedom IV, 2-21.5",

RRRR RRRR

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 )

21.50 " Whelen Freedom IV LED lightbars mounted on the roof, one ( 1 ) on
each side,
over the EMS compartment doors
.

Each lightbar will include the following:

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside rear corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the rear outside position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the front outside position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside front corner position.

There will be
clear lenses and colored filters included on the lightbar .

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbars.

These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0655256
Light, GTT, Opticom, 76-1000-1155-
0, GPS, Priority Control System

OPTICOM GPS PRIORITY CONTROL DEVICE
There will be a Global Traffic Technologies, Model
76-1000-1155-0
, GPS preemption vehicle kit
provided. This GPS preemption vehicle kit is set for high priority. This system is designed to use satellite communications with a receiver board at an intersection to control the traffic lights.

The system will be activated when the battery switch is on and the emergency master switch is on.

The system will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied.

The kit will include:

Radio/GPS unit containing a GPS receiver and transceiver Radio/GPS antenna on the cab roof.

A controller, which also provides an interface point between the radio/GPS unit the vehicle wiring, and an external PC used for configuration, diagnostics, and downloading log information. The location of this controller will be
behind the driver's side seat
.
0540439
Light, Front Zone, Wln M6* LED,
Colored Lens 2Lts
WARNING LIGHTS (Cab Face)
Two (
2 ) Whelen model M
6 * LED flashing warning lights with chrome flange will be provided on the front of the cab above the headlights.

The
driver's side front warning light to be red
.

The
passenger's side front warning light to be red
.

Both lights will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's.

There will be a switch located in the cab, on the switch panel, to control the lights. 0653937
Flasher, Headlight Alternating

HEADLIGHT FLASHER
The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side.

There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on.

The flashing will automatically cancel when
the hi-beam headlight switch is activated
or when the
parking brake is set.
0779787
SP
Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**,
WIONSMC* LED, 2pr

SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be four (
4 ) Whelen®, flashing LED warning lights with chrome trim installed per the following:

Two (
2 ) Model M
6 **,

4.31 " high x

6.75 " long x

1.37 " deep lights,
one (
1 ) each side on the front
custom cab corner
. The
driver's side, side front light to include red warning LEDs and the
passenger's side, side front light to include red warning LEDs .

Two (
2 ) Model WIONSMC*,

1.68 " high x

5.93 " long x

1.12 " deep lights,
one (
1 ) each side above
rear wheels
. The
driver's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs and the
passenger's
side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs
.

The
warning light lens colors of the front lights to be the same color as the LEDs and the warning light lens color of the rear lights to be clear
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0743902
Lights, Side, Wln M6** LED, Trm Fet
2nd

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be
two (
2 )
Whelen®, Model M
6 **,

4.31 " high x

6.75 " wide x

1.37 " deep flashing LED
warning light(s) with
chrome trim
provided,
rear of crew cab doors
.

The
light(s) to include red flashing LEDs
.

The
warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights.

White LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied.

Amber, blue, green and red LEDs may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0745871
Lights, Side, Wln WIONSM** LED,
Trim Fet, 1st

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be
two (
2 )
Whelen®, Model WIONSM**,

1.69 " high x

5.94 " long x

1.13 " deep flashing
LED warning light(s) with
chrome trim
located,
one (
1 ) each side above rear axle of the tandem
wheels per
31138

01-02
.

The
light(s) to include red LEDs
with a clear lens.

The light(s) will be activated
with the side warning switch
.

White LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied.

Amber, blue, green or red LEDs may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 47 784
Bid #:

0672937
Lights, Side, Wln WIONSMC* LED,
Chrome Flange, Mounted In Rub
Rail, 1st

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be
six (
6 )
Whelen, Model WIONSMC* LED light(s) provided and located in the body rub rails
one (
1 ) each mounted in the rubrail and centered below the following compartments: LS 1 ,
LS
4 , LS
6 , RS
2 , RS
5 and RS
7 . The lights will only be mounted with the rubber gasket if clearance allows it.

The color of each light will be
red
LED with a clear lens.

Each light will be provided with a chrome plated ABS flange.

The light(s) will be activated
with the side warning switch
.
0564654
Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*,
Colored Lens, For Tail Light Housing

REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model M
6 *, LED flashing warning lights will be located at the rear of the apparatus.

The
driver's side rear light to be red
The
passenger's side rear light to be red
Both lights will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0686562
Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln MCFLED2*
LED

REAR UPPER ZONE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen, Model MCFLED
2 * LED warning beacons provided at the rear of the
truck, one (
1 ) each side.

The color of the lights will be:

The
rear upper light(s) on the driver's side to be red
.

The
rear upper light(s) on the passenger's side to be red
.

All lenses will be
the same color as the LED's
.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the beacons. 0006551
Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper
Zone Blocking
0759138
Bracket, 8" Ledge, Full Width Rear of
Body, Ascendant Tandem, PAL/PAP

REAR BODY LIGHT MOUNTING BRACKET
There will be an

8.00 " deep, full width,
aluminum treadplate
bracket(s) provided at the rear of the
body above the ladder storage area. The bracket(s) will be provided to mount lights, cameras, or other accessories. The brackets will include a removable panel to protect the wire connections. 0762435
Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL85,

46.87" Long LED, Lens Feature

TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT
There will be one (
1 ) Whelen® Model TAL
85 46.87
" long x

2.87 " high x

2.25 " deep, amber LED
traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus.

The lens color will be
the same color as the LED's
.

The control head will be included with this installation. The control head will be energized when the battery switch is on.

The
auxiliary flash to be activated when the emergency master switch is on .
0530073
Location, Traf Dir Lt, Surface
Mounted Between Handrails Trdplt
Wedge and Box
This traffic directing light will be surface mounted between the handrails on a treadplate wedge bracket with a treadplate box at the rear of the apparatus. 0530282
Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller,
Overhead Switch Panel DS Right
End
The traffic directing light control head will be located in the driver side overhead switch panel in the right panel position.
0779722
Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr,
NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 1st, Interior
Body
120

VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be
four (
4 )
,
15/20
amp
120
volt AC three (
3 ) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s)
with
white receptacle(s) and stainless steel wall plate(s)
, installed
two (
2 ) in RS
4 and (
2 ) in RS
3 on the floor the receptacles facing straight up in the air (one in the back corner, one in the front corner) and as close as possible to the inside right wall. Per Photo #61
&
62 . The NEMA
configuration for the receptacle(s) will be
5-20
R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the
shoreline inlet
.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0519934
Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool
System
0649753
Not Required, PTO Driven Hydraulic
Tool System
0755095
Aerial, 107' ASL Tandem, 750/500
Tip, 50 MPH
FOUR (
4 )-SECTION
107

FOOT AERIAL LADDER

CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS
The ladder will be constructed to meet all of the requirements as described in the current NFPA 1901
standards.

The aerial device will be a true ladder type device; therefore ladders attached to booms will not be considered.
48 784
Bid #:

These capabilities will be established in an unsupported configuration.

All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of a ductile material will have a design stress of not more than
50%
of the minimum yield strength of the material based
on the combination of the live load and the dead load. This 2:1
structural safety factor meets the
current NFPA
1901
standard.

All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of non-ductile material will have a design stress of not more than
20%
of the minimum ultimate strength of the material,
based on the combination of the rated capacity and the dead load. This 5:1
safety factor meets
the current NFPA
1901
standard.

Wire ropes and attaching systems used to extend and retract the fly sections will have a 5:1

safety factor based on the ultimate strength under all operating conditions. The factor of safety for the wire rope will remain above
2:1
during any extension or retraction stall. The minimum ratio of the diameter of wire rope used to the diameter of the sheave used will be 1:12
. Wire ropes will be
constructed of seven (
7 ) strands over an inner wire core for increased flexibility. The wire rope will be galvanized to reduce corrosion.

The aerial base pivot bearings will be maintenance free type bearings and require no external lubrication.

The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-half times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position in which the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a firm level surface.

The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-third times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a slope of five degrees downward in the direction most likely to cause overturning.

With the aerial device out of the cradle and in the fully extended position at zero degrees elevation, a test load will be applied in a horizontal direction normal to the centerline of the ladder.

The turntable will not rotate and the ladder will not deflect beyond what the product specification allows.

All welding of aerial components, including the aerial ladder sections, turntable, pedestal, and outriggers, will be in compliance with the American Welding Society standards. All welding personnel will be certified, as qualified under AWS welding codes.

The aerial device will be capable of operating in conditions of wind up to 50 mph and icing
conditions of up to a .
25 " coating over the aerial structure.

All of the design criteria must be supported by the following test data:
- Strain gage testing of the complete aerial device
- Analysis of deflection data taken while the aerial device was under test load The following standards for materials are to be used in the design of the aerial device:
- Materials are to be certified by the mill that manufactured the material - Material testing that is performed after the mill test will be for verification only and not with the intent of changing the classification
- All welded structural components for the ladder will be traceable to their mill lots.

LADDER CONSTRUCTION
The ladder is comprised of four (
4 ) sections.

The ladder will have the capability to support a minimum of 750
pounds at the tip in the
unsupported configuration, based upon
360
degree rotation, up to full extension and from -
10 degrees to +
77 degrees.

The ladder (handrails, baserails, trusses, K-braces and rungs) will be constructed of high strength low alloy steel, minimum
100,000
pounds per square inch yield, with full traceability on all structural members.

Each section will be trussed diagonally, vertically and horizontally using welded steel tubing.

All ladder rungs are round and welded to each section utilizing "K" bracing for lateral and torsional rigidity.

The inside width dimensions of the ladder will be:
- Base Section

41.87 "
- Lower Mid Section

34.88 "
- Upper Mid Section

27.87 "
- Fly Section

21.63 "
The height of the handrails above the centerline of the rungs will be:
- Base Section

26.28 "
- Lower Mid Section

22.68 "
- Upper Mid Section

20.06 "
- Fly Section

17.32 "
The ladder will be designed to provide continuous egress for firefighters and civilians from an elevated position to the ground.

The egress section will be designed to maintain the rated load of the aerial device. It will be bolted on for easy replacement. There will be a lift eye welded on to each side of the egress.

VERTICAL HEIGHT
The ladder will extend to a minimum height of
107
' above the ground at full extension and
elevation. The measurement of height will be consistent with NFPA standards.

HORIZONTAL REACH
The rated horizontal reach will be
100
'. The measurement of horizontal reach will be consistent with NFPA standards.

TURNTABLE
The upper turntable assembly will connect the aerial ladder to the turntable bearing. The steel structure will have a mounting position for the aerial elevation cylinders, ladder connecting pins, and upper turntable operator's position.

The turntable will be coated with a non-skid, chemical resistant material in the walking areas. The stepping surfaces will meet the skid-resistance requirements of the current NFPA 1901
standard.

The turntable handrails will be a minimum

42.00 " high and will not increase the overall travel
height of the vehicle. The handrails will be constructed from aluminum and have a slip resistant knurled surface. The turntable vertical handrail spacing will be designed with a

44.00 " wide x

27.00 " high opening to allow for equipment to pass through from the ground to the aerial ladder.

The opening will be located at the center, rear of the turntable.

ELEVATION SYSTEM
Dual

5.50 " diameter elevating cylinders will be mounted on the underside of the base section of the ladder, one (
1 ) on each side. One (
1 )

2.25 " diameter stainless steel pin will fasten each
cylinder to the ladder and one (
1 )

2.50 " diameter stainless steel pin will fasten each cylinder to the turntable. The pins will have
125,000
psi minimum yield strength and will be secured with

0.50 " Grade
8 bolts with castle nut and cotter pin. The bolts are to ensure that the pins do not 49 784
Bid #:

walk out of the mounting brackets on the turntable and base section.

The elevating cylinders will be mounted utilizing maintenance-free spherical bearings on both ends of the cylinders. The aerial base pivot bearings will be maintenance-free type bearings with no external lubrication required.

The cylinders will function only to elevate the ladder and not as a structural member to stabilize the ladder side movement. The elevating cylinders will be provided with pilot-operated check valves on the barrel and rod side of the piston to prevent movement of the ladder in case of a loss of hydraulic pressure.

The operation envelope will be
10 degrees below horizontal to
77 degrees above
horizontal.

The elevation system will be designed following NFPA standards. The elevation hydraulic cylinders will incorporate cushions on the upper limit of travel.

The lift cylinders will be equipped with integral holding valves located in the cylinder to prevent the unit from descending should the charged lines be severed, at any point within the hydraulic system and to maintain the ladder in the bedded position during road travel.

The integral holding valves will NOT be located in the transfer tubes.

The elevation system will be controlled by the microprocessor. Linear transducers will measure the extension of the elevation cylinder. The microprocessor will provide the following features:
- Collision avoidance of the elevation system to prevent accidental body damage - Automatic deceleration when the aerial device is lowered into the cradle - Automatic deceleration at the end of stroke, in maximum raise and lower positions - Deceleration of the aerial device at the limits of travel.

EXTENSION/RETRACTION SYSTEM
A hydraulically powered, extension and retraction system will be provided through dual hydraulic cylinders and wire ropes. Each set will be capable of operating the ladder in the event of a failure, of the other. The extension cylinder rod will be chrome plated to provide smooth operation of the aerial device and reduce seal wear. The extension/retraction cylinders will be equipped, with integral holding valves, to prevent the unit from retracting should the charged line be severed, at any point within the hydraulic system. The integral holding valves will NOT be located in the transfer tubes.

Wire ropes and attaching systems used to extend and retract the fly sections will have a 5:1
safety factor based on the ultimate strength under all operating conditions. The factor of safety for the wire rope will remain above
2:1
during any extension or retraction stall.

The minimum ratio of the diameter of wire rope used to the diameter of the sheave used will be
1:12
. Wire ropes will be constructed of seven (
7 ) strands over an inner wire for
increased flexibility. The wire rope will be galvanized to reduce corrosion.

The extension/retraction system will be controlled by the microprocessor. Linear transducers will measure the ladder extension. The microprocessor will provide the following features:
- Automatic deceleration at the end of stroke, in maximum extend and retract positions All sheaves will require lubrication. They will have bronze bushings and grease zerks.

MANUAL OVERRIDE CONTROLS
Manual override controls will be provided for all aerial and stabilizer functions.

LADDER SLIDE MECHANISM
UHMW polyethylene wear pads will be used between the telescoping ladder sections, to provide greater bearing surface area for load transfer. Adjustable slide pads will be used to control side play between the ladder sections.

ROTATION SYSTEM
The aerial will be supplied with a powered rotation system as outlined in NFPA standards.

The hydraulic rotation motor will provide continuous rotation under all rated conditions and be supplied with a brake to prevent unintentional rotation. One ( 1 ) hydraulically
driven, planetary gear box with drive speed reducers will be used to provide infinite and minute rotation control throughout the entire rotational travel. One ( 1 ) spring applied,
hydraulically released disc type swing brake will be furnished to provide positive braking of the turntable assembly. Provisions will be made for emergency operation of the rotation system should complete loss of normal hydraulic power occur. The hydraulic system will be equipped with pressure relief valves which will limit the rotational torque to a nondestructive power. The gearbox will have a minimum continuous torque rating of 80,000
in. lbs. and a minimum intermittent rating of
160,000
in. lbs. The turntable bearing,
ring gear teeth, pinion gear, planetary gearbox,
and output shaft will be certified by the
manufacturer of the components for the application.

The rotation system will be controlled by the microprocessor. The microprocessor will provide the following features:
- Collision avoidance to prevent accidental body damage - Prevent the aerial from being rotated into an unstable condition.

ROTATION INTERLOCK
The microprocessor will be used to prevent the rotation of the aerial device to the side in which the stabilizers have not been fully deployed (short-jacked). The microprocessor will allow full and unrestricted use of the aerial, in the
180
degree area, on the side(s) where
the stabilizers have been fully deployed. The system will also have a manual override, to comply with NFPA
1901
. SYSTEMS THAT PERMIT THE AERIAL TO ROTATE TO THE
"SHORT JACK" SIDE, WITHOUT AUTOMATICALLY STOPPING THE ROTATION AND/OR WITHOUT ACTUATION OF THE "MANUAL OVERRIDE", will NOT BE ACCEPTED. SYSTEMS THAT ONLY INCLUDE AN ALARM ARE NOT CONSIDERED AN INTERLOCK AND will NOT BE ACCEPTED.

LADDER CRADLE INTERLOCK SYSTEM
A ladder cradle interlock system will be provided through the microprocessor to prevent the lifting of the aerial device from the nested position until the operator places all the stabilizers in a load supporting configuration. A switch will be installed at the boom support to prevent operation of the stabilizers once the aerial has been elevated from the nested position..

AERIAL TORQUE BOX/PEDESTAL
The pedestal assembly will be a welded assembly made of high strength

0.25 " plate. The
vertical member will be a

0.375
" reinforced wall cylinder with a

28.00 " outside diameter
and will connect the rotation bearing mounting plate to the lower substructure.

The pedestal assembly will be bolted to the chassis frame with

0.88 " diameter Grade
8 bolts, and will be utilized to mount the outrigger jacks and reservoir for the aerial 50 784
Bid #:

hydraulic system.

There will be a
5/8
" gap between the torque box and the frame rails to promote drying of the surfaces and reduce the effect of corrosion.

LOAD CAPACITIES
The following load capacities will be established with the stabilizers at full horizontal extension and placed in the down position to level the truck and to relieve the weight from the tires and axles. Capacities will be based upon full extension and 360
degree rotation.

A load chart, visible at the operator's station, will be provided. The load chart will show the recommended safe load at any condition of the aerial device's elevation and extension. 50 MPH WIND CONDITIONS/WATERWAY DRY
Degrees of
Elevation
-
10 to
9 10
to
19 20
to
29 30
to
39 40
to
49 50
to
59 60
to
69 70
to
77 Egress
750
750
750
750
750
750
750
750
Fly
-
-
-
-
-
250
500
750
Upper Mid
-
-
-
-
250
500
1000
1000
Lower Mid
-
-
-
-
500
750
1000
1000
Base
-
-
-
500
500
1000
1000
1000
50 MPH WIND CONDITIONS/WATERWAY CHARGED
Degrees of
Elevation
-
10 to
9 10
to
19 20
to
29 30
to
39 40
to
49 50
to
59 60
to
69 70
to
77 Egress
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
Fly
-
-
51 784
Bid #:

-
-
-
250
500
500
Upper Mid
-
-
-
-
250
500
750
1000
Lower Mid
-
-
-
250
500
750
1000
1000
Base
-
-
250
500
750
1000
1000
1000
Reduced loads at the tip can be redistributed in
250
lb. increments to the fly, mid, or base
sections as needed.

The tip capacity will be reduced to zero when flowing water with the nozzle above the waterway centerline.

Side to side monitor travel will be reduced with a
50 MPH wind rating on the device.

BOOM SUPPORT
A heavy-duty boom support will be provided for support of the ladder in the travel position. On the base section of the ladder, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided where the ladder comes into contact with the boom support. 0000038
Boom Support, Recessed in Compt
IPO Pump
The boom support will be located just to the rear of the chassis cab, recessed into the transverse compartment in place of pump.
0762413
Light, Boom Support, Amdor AY-LB-
12HW012, 12" LED

AERIAL BOOM SUPPORT LIGHT
There will be one (
1 ) Amdor®, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
012
,
190
lumen,
12 " long, white LED strip light
mounted on the boom support cradle. This light will be activated when the aerial master switch is activated.
0666382
Hydraulic Tank, Special Location

HYDRAULIC TANK SPECIAL LOCATION
The hydraulic tank will be located
on top of the torque box at the front
.
0680821
Boom Panel, Pair

AERIAL BOOM PANEL
There will be one boom panel provided on each side of the aerial ladder base section. The boom panel will be painted
#20
white
.

The boom panels will be designed so no mounting bolts are in the face of the panel. This will keep the lettering surface free of holes.
0526890
Not Required, Indicator, Extension

0723719
Steps, Folding, Four, Aerial Device,
Trident

FOLDING STEPS
One (
1 ) set of folding steps will be provided at the tip of the ladder. An additional set of folding steps will be provided at the base of the fly section. The steps will be bright finished
with
a black
tread coating
on the stepping surface. Each step will have
an integrated LED to illuminate the
stepping surface
.
52 784
Bid #:

0688232
Rung Covers, Aerial Device

AERIAL DEVICE RUNG COVERS
Each rung will be covered with a secure, heavy-duty, fiberglass pultrusion that incorporates an aggressive, no-slip coating.

The rung covers will be glued to each rung, and will be easily replaceable should the rung cover become damaged.

The center portion of each rung cover will be black and the outside

2.00 " edge at each side will
be
safety yellow
.

Under no circumstances will the rung covers be fastened to the rungs using screws or rivets.

The rung covers will have a
10 -year, limited warranty.
0786841
Brackets Only, Roof/Fresno Ladder,
Base Section, Inboard of Boom Panel

LADDER STORAGE MOUNTING BRACKETS
Mounting will be provided on
the right side of the aerial device while viewed from the turntable for
storage of
one (
1 )
roof ladder(s). The bracket(s) will be located inboard of the boom panel at the base section. The bracket(s) will hold the boom panel as close to the base section as possible and include straps to secure the ladder.

The mounting brackets will accommodate a
14 ' Duo-Safety
775
-A-DR
roof ladder as determined
by the type of aerial device and the available space.
0601972
Lights, Turntable Walkway, P25, LED

LIGHTS FOR TURNTABLE WALKWAY
There will be white LED lights provided at the aerial turntable. The lights will be located to illuminate the entire walking surface of the turntable including the area around the turntable console. These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch. 0762396
Light, Turntable Console, Amdor AY-
LB-12HW012, LED Strip Light

TURNTABLE CONSOLE LIGHTING
There will be one (
1 ), Amdor®, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
012
,
190
lumen,
12 " long, white LED light
strip mounted in the turntable console cover to illuminate the controls located on both the upper and lower portion of the turntable control station. These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch.
0793038
Control Stations, ASL Tandem Axle,
MUX, Color Display

INFORMATION CENTER
There will be an information center provided. The information center will operate in temperatures from -
40 to
185
degrees Fahrenheit. The information center will employ a Linux operating system and a

7.00 " (diagonal measurement) LCD display. The LCD will have a minimum 400
nits rated,
color display. The LCD will be sunlight readable. The LCD display will be encased in an ABS, black plastic housing with a gray decal. There will be five ( 5 ), weather-resistant user interface
switches provided. The LCD display can be changed to an available foreign language.

OPERATION
The information center will be designed for easy operation in everyday use. There will be a page button to cycle from one screen to the next screen in a rotating fashion. A video button will allow an NTSC signal into the information center to be displayed on the LCD. If any button is pressed while viewing a video feed, the information center will return to the vehicle information screens.

There will be a menu button to provide access to maintenance, setup, and diagnostic screens. All other button labels will be specific to the information being viewed.

GENERAL SCREEN DESIGN
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide vehicle information At A
Glance
. If the
information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background color will be used. If the information provided on a screen is not within acceptable limits, an amber background color will indicate a caution condition and a red background color will indicate a warning condition.

Every screen in the information center will include the aerial tip temperature, the time ( 12 - or
24 -
hour mode) and a text Alert Center. The time will be synchronized between all Command Zone color displays located on the vehicle. The Alert Center will display text messages for audible alarms. The text messages will identify any items causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (
1 ) audible alarm is activated, the text message for each alarm will cycle every second until the problems have been resolved. The background for the Alert Center will change to indicate the severity of the warning message. Amber will indicate a caution condition and red will indicate a warning condition. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all Alert Center messages.

A label will be provided for each button. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. If the button is not utilized on specific screens, it will have a button label with no text.

Symbols will accurately depict the aerial device type the information pertains to such as rear mount ladder, rear mount platform, mid-mount ladder or mid-mount platform.

PAGE SCREENS
The Information center will include the following pages:

The Aerial Main and Load Chart page will indicate the following information:
- Rungs Aligned and Rungs Not Aligned will be indicated with text and respective green or red colored ladder symbols.
- Ladder Elevation will be indicated via a fire apparatus vehicle with ladder symbol with the degree of elevation indicated between the vehicle and ladder. - Water Flow (if applicable) will be indicated via a water nozzle symbol and text indicating flow / time.
- Breathing Air Levels will be indicated via an air bottle symbol and text indicating the percent (%) of air remaining. A green bar graphs shown inside the bottle will indicate oxygen levels above 20%
. A red bar graph will indicate oxygen levels at or below 20%
. When oxygen levels are at or
below
10%
the red bar graph will flash.
- The Aerial Load Chart will indicate the load limit on each section of the ladder based on actual ladder position and water flow (if applicable).
-
At A Glance
color features will be utilized on this screen. Caution type conditions will be indicated via a yellow background. Warning type conditions will be indicated via a red background. Conditions operating within acceptable limits will be indicated via a green 53 784
Bid #:

background.

The Aerial Reach and Hydraulic Systems page will indicate the following information:
- Aerial Hydraulic Oil Temperature will be indicated with symbol and text. At a glance features will be utilized.
- Aerial Hydraulic Oil Pressure will be indicated with a symbol and text. At a glance features will be utilized.
- The following calculations will be indicated on a representative vehicle symbol:
- Aerial Device Extension length.
- Aerial Device Height indicating the height of the aerial device tip from the ground. - Aerial Device Reach indicating the horizontal distance the aerial reaches from the turntable. - Aerial Device Angle indicating the angle from the vehicle which the device is at. -
At A Glance
color features will be utilized on this screen. Caution type conditions will be indicated via a yellow background. Warning type conditions will be indicated via a red background. Conditions operating within acceptable limits will be indicated via a green background.

The Level Vehicle page will indicate the following information:
- The grade of the vehicle will be indicated via a fire apparatus vehicle symbol with the degree of grade shown in text format. The symbol will tilt dependent on the vehicle grade. - The slope of the vehicle will be indicated via a fire apparatus vehicle symbol with the degree of slope shown in text format. The symbol will tilt dependent on the vehicle slope. - Outriggers status will be indicated via a colored symbol for each outrigger present. Each outrigger status will be defined as one of the following:
- Outrigger stowed indicated with a silver pan located close to the vehicle - Outrigger fully extended indicated with a fully deployed green outrigger - Outrigger short-jacked indicated by a yellow outrigger partially deployed - Outrigger not set indicated by a red outrigger that is not set on the ground - A text box located on the vehicle symbol will be utilized to identify the overall status of the outrigger leveling system. The following status will be indicated in the text box:
- Deployed status will indicate all outriggers are properly set on the ground at full extension - Shortjacked status will indicate one or more outriggers are set on the ground but not fully extended.
- Not Set status will indicate one or more outriggers is not properly set on the ground. - Stowed status will indicate all outriggers are stowed for vehicle travel. - A bedding assist alert will indicate that the aerial device is being aligned by the Command Zone system as the operator lowers the aerial device into the cradle with the joystick. -
At A Glance
color features will be utilized on this screen. Caution type conditions will be indicated via a yellow background. Warning type conditions will be indicated via a red background. Conditions operating within acceptable limits will be indicated via a green background.

MENU SCREENS
The following screens will be available through the Menu button:

The View System Information screen will display aerial device hours, aerial PTO hours, ladder aligned for stowing, aerial rotation angle, total water flow (if applicable), and aerial waterway valve status (if applicable).

The Set Display Brightness screen will allow brightness increase and decrease and include a default setting button.

The Configure Video Mode screen will allow setting of video contrast, video color and video tint.

The Set Startup screen allows setting of the screen that will be active at vehicle power-up.

The Set Date and Time screen has a
12 - or
24 -hour format, and allows setting of the time and
date.

The View Active Alarms screen shows a list of all active alarms including the date and time of each alarm occurrence and shows all alarms that are silenced.

The System Diagnostics screen allows the user to view system status for each module and it's respective inputs and outputs. Viewable data will include the module type and ID number; the module version; and module diagnostics information including input or output number, the circuit number connected to that input or output, the circuit name (item connected to the circuit), status of the input or output, and other module diagnostic information.

Aerial calibrations screen indicates items that may be calibrated by the user and instructions to follow for proper calibration of the aerial device.

Button functions and button labels may change with each screen.

LOWER CONTROL STATION
A lower control station will be located at the rear of the apparatus in an easily accessible area.

The controls and indication labels will be illuminated for nighttime operation. The following items will be furnished at the lower control station and will be clearly identified and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing:
- Level assist switch
- Override switch to override microprocessor
- Emergency power unit switch

TURNTABLE CONTROL STATION
There will be one (
1 ) device control station located on the left side of the turntable so the operator may easily observe the ladder tip while operating the controls. All elevation, extension and rotation controls will operate from this location. The controls will permit the operator to regulate the speed of the aerial functions, within the safe limits, as determined by the manufacturer and NFPA standards. Each control will be equipped, with a positive lock to hold the control in a neutral position, preventing accidental activation. In addition to the neutral lock, a console cover will be provided at the turntable control station. The controls will be so designed to allow the turntable control station to immediately override the tip controls, if equipped, even if the ladder is being operated by the tip controls.

The following items will also be provided at the turntable control station, clearly identified, lighted for nighttime operation and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing:
- Intercom controls
- Tip tracking light switch
- Emergency stop switch
- Emergency power unit switch
- Operator's load chart
- Two (
2 ) position switch for selecting aerial operational speed

HIGH IDLE
The high idle will be controlled by the microprocessor. The microprocessor will automatically 54 784
Bid #:

adjust the engine rpm to compensate for the amount of load placed upon the system. The system will include a safety device that allows activation of the high idle, only when the parking brake is set and the transmission is placed in neutral.
0792976
Stabilizers, Ascendant Tandem, Rear
Mount Steel, 16' Spread, 18" Pen,
MUX

STABILIZERS
The vehicle will come equipped with a stabilization system consisting of four ( 4 ) hydraulically
operated stabilizers. The front two (
2 ) will be out and down style, the rear two (
2 ) will be down
only. This system will meet or exceed all requirements of the NFPA specifications related to stabilization and setup on sloped surfaces.

The stabilizer/leveling jacks will have a maximum spread of 16 ' measured from the centerline of
the jack footpads when the beams are fully extended. The beams will be

6.88 " wide x

9.00 " high
with
3/4
" thick top and bottom plates and
1/2
" thick sides of
100,000
-PSI minimum yield strength
steel. The cylinders will have pilot-operated check valves with thermal relief designed to insure that the beams will not drift out of the stowed position during travel. Wear pads will guide the stabilizers.

The horizontal extension cylinders will be totally enclosed within the beams and will incorporate telescoping hydraulic tubing to supply the jack cylinder hydraulic power. Stabilizer hydraulic hoses will remain stationary during operation of the stabilizers to prevent hose wear and potential failure. The cylinders will be equipped with decelerators to reduce the speed of extension and retraction when the beams are near the fully retracted and extended positions. The stabilizer extension hydraulic cylinders will have the following dimensions:

2.25 " bore,

1.38 " rod, and

39.25 "
stroke.

The vertical jack cylinders will be capable of

18.00 " ground penetration. The cylinders will be
supplied with pilot operated check valves on each jack cylinder to hold the cylinder in the stowed or working position, should a charged line be severed at any point in the hydraulic system. For safety, the integral holding valves will be located in the cylinder base, NOT in the transfer tube.

Vertical jack cylinder rods will be fully enclosed by a telescoping inner box to protect the cylinder rods from damage. The stabilizer jack hydraulic cylinders will have the following dimensions:

4.25 " bore,

3.00 " rod, and

28.88 " stroke.

Each stabilizer jack will have a pan that will be a maximum of

14.00 " wide so as to allow the
extension of the stabilizer between parked cars or other obstacles. This pan will serve as a protective guard and a mounting surface for warning lights. The top, forward, and rear edges will be flanged back
90 degrees for added strength.

STABILIZER PADS
The stabilizer footpad will be

12.00 " in diameter. The footpad will be attached to the jack cylinder rod by means of a machined ball at the end of the jack cylinder rod which mates to a socket machined into the footpad. The footpad will have the ability to pivot 20 degrees from horizontal in
any direction to allow setup on uneven terrain.

AUXILIARY STABILIZER PADS
An auxiliary ground pad will be supplied for each stabilizer to provide additional load distribution on soft surfaces. The pads will be
31 " x
26 " and made from
lightweight composite material
. The
ground pressure will not exceed
75 pounds per square inch when the ground pads are used and the apparatus is fully loaded and the aerial device is carrying its rated capacity in any position.

The pads will be stored in a double stacked configuration, two ( 2 ) behind each rear tandem axle
in a single bracket.

STABILIZER CONTROLS
A portable stabilizer control box will be provided. The control box will be weatherproof and oil resistant. Each function and indicator light will be labeled on a metal photo panel. The control box can be taken as far away as
15 ' from the vehicle with an extension cable.

The stabilizer control box will include the following:
- One (
1 ) green power indicator light for stabilizer control that will be illuminated when the aerial master and "PTO" switches in the cab are activated.
- Four (
4 ) electric toggle switches for stabilizers: each toggle switch will control the extend/retract (front only) and raise/lower of its respective stabilizer to allow vehicle set up in restricted areas and/or on uneven surfaces.
- Auto leveling assist switch: The outrigger control system will incorporate a computerized self leveling system in addition to the standard outrigger controls. The operator will have the option to manually or automatically level the truck. The computerized system will ensure full outrigger extension, proper jack penetration, and will level the vehicle within 1/2
a degree of level for safe
operation of the aerial device.
- One (
1 ) electric toggle switch for the engaging the emergency power unit. - One (
1 ) red "stabilizer not stowed" indicator light: this light will illuminate when the stabilizers are not in the fully stowed position.
- Two (
2 ) fully extended beams green indicator lights: these lights will be illuminated when each of the respective stabilizer beams are fully extended.
- Four (
4 ) firm on ground green indicator lights: each light will be illuminated when its respective stabilizer shoe is in the load supporting condition.

Each toggle switch will activate the engine fast idle automatically.

Manual override will be supplied for each stabilizer control valve.

A stabilizer deployment audible warning alarm will be provided and activated by the stabilizer movement.

A "Stabilizers Not Stowed" indicator will be provided in the driver's compartment. It will illuminate automatically whenever the stabilizers are not fully stowed to prevent damage to the apparatus if moved. The stabilizer system will also be wired to the "Do Not Move Indicator Light", which will flash whenever the apparatus parking brake is not fully engaged and the stabilizers are not fully stowed.

CRADLE INTERLOCK SYSTEM
A cradle interlock system will be provided, to prevent the lifting of the aerial from the nested position, until the operator has positioned all the stabilizers in a load supporting configuration. A switch will be installed at the cradle, to prevent operation of the stabilizers once the aerial has been elevated from the nested position.
55 784
Bid #:

0729051
Stabilizer Pan and Trim Material

STABILIZER PAN AND TRIM MATERIAL
The aerial stabilizer pans will be
polished stainless steel
and the aerial stabilizer trim will be
polished stainless steel
.
0809974
Door, Stabilizer Control Box, MUX
Aerials

STABILIZER CONTROL BOX DOOR
A vertically hinged
smooth aluminum
door will be provided over the stabilizer control box. The door will be hinged
along the outboard edge
and be provided with a
Southco C
2 chrome raised
trigger lever latch
.
0793039
Hydraulic System, Ascendant
Tandem Axle

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
All hose assemblies will be assembled and crimped by the hose manufacturers certified technician.

All manufacturing employees responsible for the installation of hydraulic components will be properly trained. Training will include: proper handling, installation, torque requirements, cleanliness and quality control procedures for hydraulic components.

Hoses used in the aerial hydraulic system will be of a premium quality hose with a high abrasion resistant cover. All pressure hoses will have a working pressure of 4000
psi and a burst pressure
rating of
16,000
psi.

All hydraulic fittings and tubing will be plated to minimize corrosion.

The fitting will use an O-ring seal where possible to minimize hydraulic leaks.

An interlock will be provided that prevents activation of the hydraulic pump until the transmission is placed in neutral and the parking brake is set as outlined in the current NFPA 1901
standard.

The system will meet the performance requirement of the current NFPA 1901
standard, which
requires adequate cooling less than

2.5 hours of operations.

All hydraulic components that are non-sealing whose failure could result in the movement of the aerial will comply with current NFPA
1901
standards and have burst strength of
4:1
.

Dynamic sealing components whose failure could cause aerial movement will have a margin of 2:1
on maximum operating pressure per the current NFPA
1901
standard.

All hydraulic hoses, tubes, and connections will have a minimum burst strength of 4:1
per the
current NFPA
1901
standard.

A chassis mounted positive displacement piston pump for consistent pressure and rapid responses will supply hydraulic power for all aerial operations. The positive displacement pump will provide
3,150
psi. The hydraulic pump will be solely dedicated to aerial operations.

Each aerial will be evaluated as to the region and climate where it will be used to determine the optimum viscosity and proper oil grade. Oil viscosity will be based on an optimum range of 80 to
1000
SUS during normal aerial use. Before shipment of the unit, an oil sample will be taken and analyzed to confirm the oil is within the allowable ISO grade tolerance.

The aerial hydraulic system will have a minimum oil cleanliness level of ISO 18/15/13
based on
the ISO
4406:1999
cleanliness standard. Each customer will receive a certificate of actual cleanliness test results and an explanation of the rating system.

Each aerial will include an oil sample port, identified with a yellow dust cap and a label, for subsequent customer testing.

Ball valves will be provided in the hydraulic suction lines to permit component servicing without draining the oil reservoir.

The aerial will incorporate the use of trombone steel tubes inside the stabilizer beams to eliminate hydraulic hose wear and leaks.

Hydraulic power to the ladder will be transferred from the pedestal by a hydraulic swivel.

The system hydraulic pressure will be displayed on the turntable display.

The hydraulic system will be additionally protected from excessive pressure by a secondary pressure relief valve set at
3,150
psi. In the event the main hydraulic pump compensator
malfunctions, the secondary relief will prevent system damage.

HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
All cylinders used on the aerial device will be produced by a manufacturer that specializes in the manufacture of hydraulic cylinders.

Each cylinder will include integral safety holding cartridges.

Each cylinder will be designed to a minimum safety factor of 4:1
to failure.

All safety holding cartridges will be installed at the cylinder manufacturer, in a controlled clean environment to avoid possible contamination and or failure.

POWER TAKEOFF/HYDRAULIC PUMP
The apparatus will be equipped with a power takeoff driven by the chassis transmission and actuated by an electric shift, located inside the cab. The power takeoff which drives the hydraulic pump will meet all the requirements for the aerial unit operations.

Am amber indicator light will be installed on the cab instrument panel to notify the operator that the power takeoff is engaged.

An interlock will be provided that allows operation of aerial power only after the chassis spring brake has been set and the chassis transmission has either been placed in the neutral position or drive position after the driveline has been disengaged from the rear axle.

The hydraulic system will be supplied by a variable displacement load and pressure compensating piston pump. The pump will meet the demands of all three simultaneous aerial functions. The pump will provide proper flow for single aerial function with the engine at idle speed. A switch will be provided on the control console to increase the engine speed for multiple function operation.

EMERGENCY PUMP
The hydraulic system will be designed with an auxiliary power unit meeting the guidelines of the current NFPA
1901
standard.

The aerial will be equipped with an emergency hydraulic pump, electrically driven from the truck batteries. The pump will be capable of running for
30 minutes for limited aerial functions to stow
the unit in case of a main pump or truck system failure. A momentary switch will be located at the stabilizer and aerial control locations to activate the emergency pump.

AERIAL CONTROL VALVE
The aerial hydraulic control valve will be designed with special spool flows, limiting the oil flow for the designed function speed. The valve will be electrically controlled and be located in the control console with the handles oriented downward for manual operation. The activation handles will be spaced a minimum of

3.50 " for ease of operation. The valve spools will be designed to bleed off 56 784
Bid #:

downstream pressure, in the neutral position and allow proper sealing of any cylinder holding cartridge.

OIL RESERVOIR
The oil reservoir will have a minimum capacity of
38 gallons. The oil fill location will be easily
accessible and be labeled "Hydraulic Oil Only" and also indicate the grade of oil that is installed in the reservoir. The fill will have a desiccant breather filter with a water capacity of 4 fluid ounces
and a
5 micron rating. A drain hose will be included and will terminate with a quarter turn ball valve.

Two suction ports will be provided, one for the main hydraulic pump and one for the emergency pump. The main suction will be slightly elevated off the bottom of the reservoir and include a 100

mesh suction strainer. The emergency suction port will be closer to the bottom of the reservoir to provide some reserve oil for emergency operation.

A six (
6 ) disc type magnetic drain will also be provided to collect any ferrous contaminants.

A float type sending unit in the reservoir will provide an indication of oil level on an electronic display. A temperature sending unit in the reservoir will provide indication of the oil temperature on an electronic display.

The hydraulic oil reservoir will be labeled per the current edition of NFPA 1901
standard.

RETURN FILTER
The low pressure oil return filter will be integrated with the hydraulic manifold and designed to prevent oil loss during filter change. A
50 psi bypass will be included to protect the element and hydraulic system during lower than normal operating temperatures. The system will incorporate the following filter to provide dependable service:
return filter: beta
200
at
6 micron
0793037
Swivels, D-Series w/Encoder, ASL-
Tandem/Tiller, MUX (28 Collector
Rings)

HYDRAULIC SWIVEL
The aerial ladder will be equipped with a three (
3 ) port, high pressure hydraulic swivel which will
connect the hydraulic lines from the hydraulic pump and reservoir through the rotation point to the aerial control bank. The hydraulic swivel will allow for 360
degree continuous rotation of the
aerial.

ELECTRIC SWIVEL
The ladder will be equipped with an electric swivel to allow 360
degrees rotation of the aerial
while connecting all electrical circuits through the rotation point. A minimum of 28 collector rings
will be provided that are capable of supplying
30 amp continuous service. All collector rings will
be enclosed and protected with desiccant plugs against condensation and corrosion. No oil or silicone will be used.
12 -BIT ABSOLUTE ENCODER
The aerial ladder will be equipped with a
12 -Bit Absolute Encoder which provides
4096
counts
per shaft turn for position and direction reference.

The
12 -Bit Absolute Encoder will provide a unique binary word to reference each position and direction for all
360
degrees of rotation.

If the power is interrupted for any reason, the
12 -Bit Absolute Encoder will allow power to be
returned to the system without having to re-zero the settings.

The
12 -Bit Absolute Encoder will be an integral part of a micro-processor based control system. 57 784
Bid #:

0805186
Electrical System, ASL Tandem Axle,
MUX, 10/8 Cable

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
The standard
8 conductor cable to the tip contains
10 AWG conductors.

The
107
' heavy duty ladder will utilize a microprocessor-based control system. The system will consist of the following components:

A tethered stabilizer control will be provided. The tethered control will be weatherproof and oil resistant. A Super Bright LED indicator light will be labeled on a metal photo panel for each function. The electrical connection at the tethered control will be permanently attached by a strained relieved coil cord that will allow the operator to move 14 ' away from the electrical
connection for operation.

Remote Stabilizer Controls
Weatherproof and oil resistant
One (
1 ) green "power" indicator light
One (
1 ) red "stabilizer not stowed" indicator light
One (
1 ) electric toggle switch for auto level assist
One (
1 ) electric toggle switch for the emergency power unit One (
1 ) electric toggle switch for each stabilizer to control:

Extend/retract function (front only)
Raise/lower function
One (
1 ) green "stabilizer fully extended" indicator light for each front stabilizer One (
1 ) green "firm on ground" indicator light for each stabilizer Control System Modules
Each of the control system modules will be configured as follows:

Sealed to a NEMA
4 rating
Operating range from -
40 degrees F to
185
degrees F (-
40 degrees C to
85 degrees C)
Communicate using J
1939
data link
Two (
2 ) diagnostic LED light
One (
1 ) green light that illuminates when module has power (B+) and ground One (
1 ) red light that flashes to indicate the module is capable of communicating via the data link Ground matrix identification system
The following control system modules will be used:

Control Module
Main controller for the system
USB connection allows for computer diagnostics
Power Module
Built-in fault sensing
Eight (
8 ) digital outputs
Pulse width modulating (PWM) capable
10 A continuous per output
Circuit protection based on actual current draw (not affected by heat) Constant Current Module
Built-in fault sensing
Three (
3 ) analog inputs
Eight (
8 ) digital outputs
Pulse width modulating (PWM) capable
3 A continuous per output
Circuit protection based on actual current draw (not affected by heat) Closed Loop System
Input Module
16 software selectable (digital or analog) inputs
Output Module
16 digital outputs
Input/Output Module
Eight (
8 ) software selectable (digital or analog) inputs
Eight (
8 ) digital outputs
0804781
Aerial Scene Lts Separated into
Aerial Tip Category and Aerial
Tracking Category
0808299
SP
Lights, Tip, Wln MP** LED, ASL 4lt

TIP LIGHT
There will be four (
4 ) Whelen® Model MPB*,
5,695
lumens
12 volt DC LED lights installed on the
fly section of the aerial device below the handrail height.

One (
1 ) light on the left side high. The
left side tip light to include spot optics
.

One (
1 ) light on the left side low. The
left side lower tip light to include flood optics
.

One (
1 ) light on the right side low. The
right side lower tip light to include flood optics
.

One (
1 ) light on the right side high. The
right side tip light to include spot optics
.

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

The
light(s) to be installed on adjustable bail bracket(s)
.

The lights will be controlled with the tracking lights. 0802753
Lights, Tracking, Wln MP** LED, 2lts

TRACKING LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen® MP**,
5,695
lumens
12 volt DC LED lights installed on the base
section of the aerial device below the hand rails per the following:

One (
1 ) will be located on the left side with
left side tracking light to include wide flood optics
.

One (
1 ) will be located on the right side with
right side tracking light to include wide flood optics
.

The
light(s) to be installed on adjustable bail bracket(s)
.

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

The tracking lights will be controlled by a switch located at the turntable only
.
58 784
Bid #:

0540746
Lights, Stabilizer Warn (2) Sets, Wln
M6* LED, Colored Lens

STABILIZER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) Whelen®, Model M
6 *, LED flashing warning lights with Whelen, Model
M
6 FC, chrome flanges installed, one (
1 ) on each stabilizer cover panel.

The front stabilizer pan lights will be
red
LED with a lens color the same as the LEDs
The rear stabilizer pan lights will be
red
LED with a lens color the same as the LEDs
These warning lights will be activated by the same switch as the side warning lights. 0068703
Lights, Grote Supernova LED,
Stabilizer Beam, (1) Set

STABILIZER BEAM WARNING LIGHTS
Two (
2 )

4.00 " diameter red LED flashing lights will be mounted on each stabilizer, one ( 1 ) facing
forward and one (
1 ) facing rearward. The lights will be Grote Supernova 40 series LED lights. The
lights will be recessed in the horizontal beam of the stabilizer. These warning lights will be activated with the aerial master switch.
0601977
Lights, Stabilizer Scene, (2) sets,
Truck-Lite 40227C, Incandescent

STABILIZER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (
1 ) Truck-Lite, Model
40227
C

4.00 " incandescent, scene light installed under
each stabilizer beam to illuminate the surrounding area. A total of four ( 4 ) lights will be installed.

These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch. 0783034
DC Power To Aerial Tip, 13.92 Amps
@ 12 Volt DC, ASL
DC POWER CABLE to TIP
There will be a cable installed in the aerial device to provide

13.92 amps @
12 volts DC to the tip
of the aerial device.
0737181
Intercom, 2-Way Fire Research
ICA910 Hands Free

2 -WAY AERIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
There will be a Fire Research model ICA
910
two-way intercom system provided. The control
module with an LED volume display and push-button volume control will be located on the turntable operator console.

A hands free module will be located at the aerial tip or platform and constantly transmit to the other module unless the control module push-to-talk button is pressed.

Each intercom unit will be weatherproof.
0540895
Not Required, Breathing Air to Tip,
Aerial Ladder
0024742
Not Required, Mask, Breathing Air To
Tip
0126600
Raised Pedestal, 3.00", Rear Mount
Aerials, AXT, Velocity, Impel, Enf

RAISED AERIAL PEDESTAL
The aerial pedestal will be raised to accommodate the height of the cab. 0808215
LyfePulley, Rescue System

RESCUE LIFTING SYSTEM
A rescue lifting attachment will be provided. The lifting attachment will mount to the aerial
egress and will consist of a pair of nylatron pulleys mounted to a stainless steel shaft. The pulleys will be adjustable from side to side and will have a total lifting capacity of 750
lb,
regardless of whether one (
1 ) or both pulleys are being utilized.
0604457
Lifting Eye Assembly, Rope Rescue
Attachment, ASL, LSL

LIFTING EYE ASSEMBLY - ROPE RESCUE ATTACHMENT
A lifting eye assembly will be provided that is designed to evenly distribute load at the tip of the aerial. The lift eye assembly is retained by two (
2 ) locking pins, one (
1 ) at each end outboard side
of the egress. Leveling is maintained by the lifting eye assembly rotating within the egress mounting. The lifting eye assembly rating will match the capacity rating of the aerial device. 0645472
Rope Tie Bar At Base Section, for
Lyfe Pulley, Painted
Box,Ascendant,105',Tiller

ROPE TIE BAR AT BASE SECTION, RESCUE LIFTING SYSTEM
A removable bracket will be supplied at the rear of the base section, attached between the left hand and right hand rear hand rails. The bracket will provide Lyfe Pulley rope tie off and/or guide points spaced

5.75 " apart, centered between the rear hand rails. The bracket will be designed to be easily removable and not interfere with a fully retracted ladder assembly when attached to the base section. A storage box for the bracket will be provided on the outside rear of the base section. The storage box and bracket will be painted to match the aerial device. 0530828
Turntable Access, Chains

AERIAL TURNTABLE CHAIN
A chain will be installed at the aerial turntable.
59 784
Bid #:

0624672
Waterway, High Flow, 1500 GPM,
ASL

WATER SYSTEM
A waterway system will be provided consisting of the following components and features:

5.00 " pipe will be connected to the water supply on one end and to a

5.00 " internal diameter
water swivel at the rotation point of the turntable. The water swivel will permit 360
degree
continuous rotation of the aerial device.

The

5.00 " waterway swivel is to be routed through the rotation point up to the heel pin swivel. The heel pin swivel will allow the water to flow to the ladder pipe while elevating the aerial ladder from -
10 degrees to
77 degrees. The heel pivot pin is not integral with the waterway swivel at any point. The design of the waterway will allow complete servicing of the waterway swivel without disturbing the heel pivot pin.

The integral telescopic water system will consist of a

4.50 " diameter tube in the base section, a

4.00 " diameter tube in the inner mid-section, a

3.50 " diameter tube in the outer mid-section, and a

3.00 " diameter tube in the fly section. The telescopic waterway will be constructed of anodized aluminum pipe.

The aerial will be capable of discharging up to
1000
gpm at
100
psi parallel to the ladder and
90 degrees to each side of center while maintaining the rated tip load.

The aerial will be capable of discharging between
1001
and up to
1500
gallons per minute at
100

psi parallel to the ladder and
40 degrees to each side of center while maintaining the rated tip load.

The master stream will be capable of flow up to
30 degrees above horizontal.

An adjustable pressure relief valve will be furnished to protect the aerial waterway from a pressure surge.

1.50 " drain valve will be located at the lowest point of the waterway system.

WATERWAY SEALS
The waterway seals will be of type-B PolyPak design, composed of nitroxile seal and a nitrile wiper, which together offer maximum stability and extrusion resistance on the waterway. The seal will be capable of withstanding pressures up to
2000
psi, temperatures in excess of
250
degrees
Fahrenheit and have resistance to all foam generating solutions. The seals will be internally lubricated.

The waterway seals will have automatic centering guides constructed of synthetic thermalpolymer. The guides will provide positive centering of the extendible sections within each other and the base section to insure longer service life and smoother operation. 0632855
Monitor, Akron 3480 StreamMaster II
Electric w/Extended Vertical Travel

AERIAL MONITOR
An Akron Model
3480
monitor with stow and deploy will be provided at the tip with a Akron
1500

gpm Model
5178
. This monitor will allow for an additional
30 degrees of travel above horizontal at
the aerial tip.

The monitor's functions will be controlled electrically from two ( 2 ) separate locations. One (
1 )
control will be located at the control console and the other at the ladder tip.

There will be a courtesy light at the tip of the aerial to illuminate the controls.

If the aerial has a quick-lock waterway, a limit switch will be provided to disable the extended vertical travel when the monitor is locked to the lower ladder section. 0010758
Flow Meter, Waterway, PAL, 110'
Ascendant, MUX

AERIAL WATERWAY FLOW METER
Waterway flow, including total water flowed, will be monitored by the microprocessor. An LCD display will be located at the turntable control station. 0014719
SP
Inlet, 5.00" at Rear, High on Left
Side, w/o Pump,Outside Torque
Box,PAL

REAR INLET
A

5.00 " NST inlet to the torque box area will be provided at the rear of the apparatus. The pipe size reduces to

4.00 " as it enters the torque box to connect to the

4.00 " aerial water way swivel at
the aerial base. It will be furnished with a

5.00 " chrome plated adapter and a

5.00 " chrome plated,
long handle cap. The outlet will be located to the left side of the torque box, high on the rear wall. 0673128
Quick-Lock Waterway Locking
System, 100' HDL, 105' HDL, ASL

WATERWAY LOCKING SYSTEM
The aerial ladder waterway monitor will be capable of being positioned at either the fly section or at the next lower section of the ladder.

The monitor location will be changeable by the use of a single handle, located at the side of the ladder.

The handle, attached to a cam bracket, will simply be moved forward to lock the monitor at the fly section and back to lock it to the previous section.

There will be no pins to remove and reinstall.

The monitor will be operational at all times, regardless of its position, without connecting or disconnecting electrical lines.
0047897
Tools, Aerial

TOOLS
The following tools will be provided for retorquing of all specified bolts as recommended by the manufacturer:

Torque Wrench
All Required Extensions, Sockets and Adapters
4 -to-
1 Multiplier
60 784
Bid #:

0668583
Manuals and Training, 4 Consecutive
Days, Ascendant Ladder, PAL

MANUALS
Two (
2 ) operator maintenance manuals and two (
2 ) wiring diagrams pertaining to the aerial
device will be provided with the apparatus at time of pick-up.

INITIAL INSTRUCTION
On initial delivery of the fire apparatus, the contractor will supply a qualified representative to demonstrate the apparatus and provide initial instruction to the fire department regarding the operation, care, and maintenance of the apparatus for a period of four ( 4 ) consecutive days.
0007150
Bag of Nuts and Bolts

LOOSE EQUIPMENT
The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit:

One (
1 ) bag
of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit.
0602510
NFPA Required Loose Equipment,
Aerial, NFPA 2016, Provided by
Dealer

NFPA REQUIRED LOOSE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY DEALER
The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

8.9.3 will be
provided by the dealer.

Two (
2 )
3 ft -
4 ft plaster hooks with D handles mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus.

Two (
2 ) crowbars.

Two (
2 ) claw tools.

Two (
2 )
12 lb (
5 kg) sledgehammers.

One (
1 ) SCBA complying with NFPA
1981
for each assigned seating position, but not fewer than
four (
4 ), mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus or stored in containers supplied by the SCBA manufacturer.

One (
1 ) spare SCBA cylinder for each SCBA carried, each mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus or stored in a specially designed storage space(s).

One (
1 ) first aid kit.

Six (
6 ) salvage covers, each a minimum size of
12 ft ×
18 ft (

3.6 m ×

5.5 m).

Four (
4 ) combination spanner wrenches.

Two (
2 ) scoop shovels.

One (
1 ) pair of bolt cutters,

24.00 " (

0.6 m) minimum.

Four (
4 ) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA
1983
.

One (
1 )
150
ft (
45 m) light-use life safety rope meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983
.

One (
1 )
150
ft (
45 m) general-use life safety rope meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983
.

Two (
2 )
150
ft (
45 m) utility ropes having a breaking strength of at least 5000
lb (
2300
kg).

One (
1 ) box of tools to include the following:
one (
1 ) hacksaw with three (
3 ) blades
one (
1 ) keyhole saw
one (
1 )
12 " (.
3 m) pipe wrench
one (
1 )
24 " (.
6 m) pipe wrench
one (
1 ) ballpeen hammer
one (
1 ) pair of tin snips
one (
1 ) pair of pliers
one (
1 ) pair of lineman's pliers
assorted types and sizes of screwdrivers
assorted adjustable wrenches
assorted combination wrenches
One (
1 ) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207
,
Standard
for High Visibility Public Safety Vests
, and have a five-point breakaway feature that includes two (
2 ) at the shoulders, two (
2 ) at the sides, and one (
1 ) at the front.

Five (
5 ) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than

28.00 " (
711
mm) in height, each equipped
with a

6.00 " (
152
mm) retro-reflective white band no more than

4.00 " (
152
mm) from the top of
the cone, and an additional

4.00 " (
102
mm) retro-reflective white band

2.00 " (
51 mm) below the

6.00 " (
152
mm) band.

Five (
5 ) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five ( 5 ) fluorescent
orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities.

One (
1 ) automatic external defibrillator (AED).

One (
1 ) double female

2.50 " adapter with National Hose Threads (if equipped with a fire pump).

One (
1 ) double male

2.50 " adapter with National Hose Threads (if equipped with a fire pump).

One (
1 ) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections (if equipped with a fire pump).

Two (
2 ) hydrant wrenches (if equipped with a fire pump).

If the supply hose carried does not use sexless couplings, an additional double female adapter and double male adapter, sized to fit the supply hose carried, will be carried mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus (if equipped with a fire pump).

If none of the pump intakes are valved, a hose appliance that is equipped with one or more gated intakes with female swivel connection(s) compatible with the supply hose used on one side and a swivel connection with pump intake threads on the other side will be carried. Any intake connection larger than

3.00 " (
75 mm) will include a pressure relief device that meets the requirements of

16.6.6 (if equipped with a fire pump).

If the apparatus does not have a

2.50 " National Hose (NH) intake, an adapter from

2.50 " NH
female to a pump intake will be carried, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the intake (if equipped with a fire pump).

If the supply hose carried has other than

2.50 " National Hose (NH) threads, adapters will be
carried to allow feeding the supply hose from a

2.50 " NH thread male discharge and to allow the
hose to connect to a

2.50 " NH female intake, mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the discharge or intake (if equipped with a fire pump). 0519913
Not Required, Soft Suction Hose

SOFT SUCTION HOSE
There will be no soft suction hose provided.
61 784
Bid #:

0602530
Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, Aerial,
NFPA 2016, Provided by Dealer

DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY DEALER
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

8.9.3 requires one (
1 ) approved dry chemical portable fire
extinguisher with a minimum
80 -B:C rating mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The dealer will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0602353
Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized
Water, Aerial, NFPA 2016, Provided
by Dealer

WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY DEALER
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

8.9.3 requires one (
1 )

2.5 gallon or larger water extinguisher
mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The dealer will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0007482
Not Required, Crowbars

0007484
Not Required, Claw Tools

0602674
Axes, (2) Flathead, Aerial, Provided
by Dealer, NFPA 2016

FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY DEALER
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, Section

8.9.3 requires two (
2 ) flathead axes mounted in brackets
fastened to the apparatus.

The axes are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The dealer will provide and mount the axes. 0602672
Axes, (3) Pickhead, Provided by
Dealer (Aerial), NFPA 2016

PICKHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY DEALER
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, Section

8.9.3 requires three (
3 ) pickhead axes mounted in brackets
fastened to the apparatus.

The axes are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The dealer will provide and mount the axes. 0007494
Not Required, Sledgehammers

62 784
Bid #:

0741569
Paint Process / Environmental
Requirements, Appleton

PAINT PROCESS
The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven ( 7 ) step finishing
process as follows:

Manual Surface Preparation
- All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment
- All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch
process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature
3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion.

Surfacer Primer
- The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer
is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a two- component high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded.

Finish Sanding
- The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultra- smooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat.

Sealer Primer
- The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated.

Base
coat Paint
- Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment.

Clear Coat
- Two (
2 ) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacturer.

After the cab and body are painted, the color will be verified to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment will be used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications will be used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading will be used to determine a good color match within each family color.

All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and painted separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly.

The paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) are to meet or exceed Cadillac/General Motors GMW
15777
global paint requirements. Orange peel levels are to meet or exceed the #6

A.C.T.standard in critical areas. The manufacture's written paint standards will be available upon request.

Environmental Impact
Contractor will meet or exceed all current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions:

Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free.

Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals.

Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a

99.99 percent efficiency
factor.

Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98 percent. Water wash
systems will be

99.97 percent efficient
Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean.

Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner.

Empty metal paint containers will be recycled to recover the metal.

Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse.

Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his state EPA rules and regulations.
0709846
Paint, Two-Tone Color,
Velocity/Impel

CAB TWO-TONE PAINT
The cab will be painted two-tone, with the upper section painted #20
white
and the lower section
painted
#356
Red
. There will be
a special two-tone cab paint break at the roof line provided .

There will be
no cab shield provided
.
0709845
Paint, Single Color, Body

BODY PAINT
The body will be
painted to match the lower section of the cab
.
63 784
Bid #:

0646901
Paint Chassis Frame Assy, With
Liner, E-Coat, Standard

PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY
The chassis frame assembly will be finished with
a single system black top coat
before the
installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc.

Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted are:

Frame rails
Frame liners
Cross members
Axles
Suspensions
Steering gear
Battery boxes
Bumper extension weldment
Frame extensions
Body mounting angles
Rear Body support substructure (front and rear)
Pump house substructure
Air tanks
Steel fuel tank
Castings
Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint:

Two (
2 ) C-channel frame rails
Two (
2 ) frame liners
The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown. 0693797
No Paint Required, Aluminum Front
Wheels

0693792
No Paint Required, Aluminum Rear
Wheels

0733739
Paint, Axle Hubs

AXLE HUB PAINT
All axle hubs will be painted
to match lower job color
.
0007230
Compartment, Painted, Spatter Gray

COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT
The interior of all compartments will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks.
0782203
Aerial Ladder Paint, ASL-Tandem,
LSL, E-Coat

AERIAL DEVICE PAINT COLOR
The aerial device paint procedure will consist of a six ( 6 ) step finishing process as follows:
1 .

Manual Surface Preparation
- All exposed metal surfaces on the aerial device structural components above the rotation point will be thoroughly cleaned and mechanically shot-blasted to remove metal impurities and prepare the aerial for painting. 2 .

Primer/Surfacer Coats
- A two (
2 ) component urethane primer/surfacer will be applied to the mechanically shot-blasted metal surfaces to provide a strong corrosion protective base coat and to smooth out the surface. All seams will be caulked with a two ( 2 ) component epoxy caulk before
painting.
3 .

Hand Sanding
- The primer/surfacer coat of the outer surfaces of the hand rails and base rails will be lightly sanded to a smooth finish.
4 .

Sealer Primer Coat
- A two (
2 ) component sealer primer coat will be applied over the sanded primer.
5 .

Topcoat Paint
- Urethane base coat will be applied to opacity for correct color matching. 6 .

Clearcoat
- Two (
2 ) coats of an automotive grade two (
2 ) component urethane will be applied.

Surfaces that will not be painted include all chrome plated, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

All buy out components, such as monitor, nozzle, gauges, etc. will be supplied as received from the vendor.

Removable items such as brackets will be removed and painted separately to ensure paint coverage behind all mounted items.

The stabilizer beams and torque box will be treated with epoxy E-coat prior to painting to help provide resistance to corrosion and chemicals. The stabilizers and torque box will be painted black.

The aerial device components will be painted as follows using the aforementioned six ( 6 ) step
finishing process:

Aerial device ladder sections and extension cylinders:
white
10 Aerial egress:
#50
red
(will be contrasting color to the aerial device ladder) Aerial turntable:
white
10 Aerial control console:
white
10 Aerial lift cylinders:
white
10 Aerial boom support:
gloss black primer
0544124
Reflective Band, 1"-4"-1"

REFLECTIVE STRIPES
Three (
3 ) reflective stripes will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body. The reflective band will consist of a

1.00 "
white
stripe at the top with a

1.00 " gap then a

4.00 "
white
stripe with a

1.00 " gap and a

1.00 "
white
stripe on the bottom.
64 784
Bid #:

0510041
Reflective across Cab Face, Imp/Vel

The reflective band provided on the cab face will be below the headlights on the fiberglass. 0583454
Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Diamond
Grade, Aerial

REAR CHEVRON STRIPING
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus. Covered surfaces will include the rear wall and aluminum doors. Rear compartment doors, stainless steel access doors, and the rear bumper will not be covered.

The colors will be red and
fluorescent yellow green
diamond grade.

Each stripe will be

6.00 " in width.

This will meet the requirements of the current edition of NFPA 1901
, which states that
50%
of the
rear surface will be covered with chevron striping.
0598754
Stripe, Reflective/Diamond Grade,

4.00" on Stabilizers

REFLECTIVE STRIPE ON STABILIZERS
There will be a

4.00 " wide
fluorescent yellow green diamond grade
reflective stripe provided on
the forward and rear facing side of all aerial stabilizers. 0027341
Jog, In Reflective Stripe, Single or
Multiple

JOG(S) IN REFLECTIVE BAND
The reflective band located on each side of the apparatus body will contain one (
1 )
jog(s) and will
be angled at approximately a
45 degrees when installed.
0087349
Stripe, Reflective, 4" Inside Compt
Door

REFLECTIVE STRIPE INSIDE COMPARTMENT DOOR
A

4.00 "
white
reflective stripe will be provided inside
two (
2 )
compartment doors.
inside each EMS
cabinet
.
0065687
Stripe, Reflective, Cab Doors Interior

CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE STRIPE
A

6.00 " x

16.00 "
white
reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe will be located approximately

1.00 " up from the bottom, on the door panel.

This stripe will meet the NFPA
1901
requirement.
0027285
Stripe, Gold Leaf, Side of Cab, Low
and Over Fender

CAB STRIPE
There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe on each side of the cab, low and over the fender. 0027372
Lettering Specifications, (GOLD
STAR Process)

LETTERING
The lettering will be totally encapsulated between two ( 2 ) layers of clear vinyl.
0686428
Lettering, Gold Leaf, 3.00", (41-60)

LETTERING
Forty-one (
41 ) to sixty (
60 ) genuine gold leaf lettering,

3.00 " high, with
outline and shade
will be
provided.
0680416
Stripe, Gold Leaf, Side of Body, Over
Fender Only, Tandem Axle

BODY STRIPE
There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe provided on each side of the body, over the fenders. 0684058
Lettering, Vinyl, 2.00", (41-60)

LETTERING
Forty-one (
41 ) to sixty (
60 ) non-reflective vinyl lettering,

2.00 " high, with
no outline or shade
will
be provided.
0685985
Lettering, Reflective, 12.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

12.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
two
(
2 ) letters
provided.
0685991
Lettering, Reflective, 10.00", (21-40)

LETTERING
Twenty-one (
21 ) to forty (
40 ) reflective lettering,

10.00 " high, with
outline and shade
will be
provided.
0685993
Lettering, Reflective, 10.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

10.00 " high, with
no outline or shade
provided. There will be
four
(
4 ) letters
provided.
0686002
Lettering, Reflective, 8.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

8.00 " high, with
no outline or shade
provided. There will be
two
(
2 ) letters
provided.
65 784
Bid #:

0686018
Lettering, Reflective, 5.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

5.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
five
(
5 ) letters
provided.
0686048
Lettering, Reflective, 1.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

1.00 " high, with
no outline or shade
provided. There will be
15 letters
provided.
0686084
Lettering, Reflective, 3.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

3.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
25 letters
provided.
0037228
Lettering, Reflective, "Dial 911" Inset
in Reflective Band, Pair
REFLECTIVE INSET LETTERING, "DIAL
911
"
Two sets of
ruby red
"inset" reflective lettering, "DIAL
911
", will be supplied and installed
inset in
reflective band
.

The reflective stripe will stop and "DIAL
911
" will be placed within the break of the stripe.
"DIAL" will be vertical and as tall as the stripe. The " 911
" will be horizontal and as tall as the
stripe.
0563768
Lettering, Reflective, "Keep Back 300
Feet"

REFLECTIVE LETTERING
There will be
one (
1 )
set/s of reflective lettering, "KEEP BACK
300
FEET", supplied and installed
on the
R
1 - NOTE THE LETTERING IS ACTUALLY TO READ "KEEP BACK
343
" HOWEVER I

AM TO USE THIS OPTION PER THE PIERCE RESPONSE IN THREAD NUMBER 592
-
EP
300377-7
. The lettering will be
ruby red
in color and

3.00 "
in size.
0645076
Plate, Painted Alum. for
Lettering/Numerals

PAINTED PLATE(S) FOR LETTERING/NUMERALS
There will be
one (
1 )
painted aluminum plate(s) provided for department lettering. They will be mounted
Located at the rear on P/S at same height as the license plate. and will be
Plate
6 "H X
12 "W painted job color red.
in size.
0581425
SP
Emblem, Turntable Console, Per
Quote, Sacramento

DEPT. EMBLEM
There will be (
1 ) one pair of vinyl emblems applied between the cab and crew cab doors.

Emblems will be approximately

7.00 " x

7.00 " per graphics quote.
0527677
SP
Emblem, Per Quote, Sacramento
DEPT. EMBLEM
There will be (
1 ) one pair of vinyl emblems applied between the cab and crew cab doors.

Emblems will be approximately

7.00 " x

7.00 " per graphics quote.
0000637
Emblem, Eagle Head/Flag, Color
Imaged, Pair

EAGLE HEAD/FLAG EMBLEMS
A pair of emblems,

13.00 " or less
in diameter, featuring a "Flying American Flag" and an "Eagle Head", will be installed
behind crew cab door upper
5 x
7 Freedom Flag
. The design will be color
imaged.
0755303
Artwork File, Provided on Custom
USB Drive

ARTWORK ON CUSTOM USB DRIVE
There will be a custom USB drive with department specific artwork files provided to the Fire Department.

Stock artwork, or artwork developed exclusively by Pierce Manufacturing, and proprietary fonts will not be included on the USB drive.
0022652
Emblem, Maltese Cross, Gold Leaf,
15"-17", Pair

MALTESE CROSS INSTALLATION
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of maltese crosses, comprised of genuine gold leaf material, provided and installed
on cab doors
.
0769753
Emblem, American Flag Painted on
Cab Grille, All Custom Chassis

CAB GRILLE DESIGN
An American flag design will be painted on the cab grille. 66 784
Bid #:

0032773
Manuals, Two (2), Fire Apparatus
Parts, & (1) CD, Custom Chassis

MANUAL, FIRE APPARATUS PARTS
Two (
2 ) custom parts manuals for the complete fire apparatus will be provided in hard copy with the completed unit.

One (
1 ) compact disc (CD) will also be provided that will include all of the information from the above manual.

The manual will contain the following:
- Job number
- Part numbers with full descriptions
- Table of contents
- Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly - Parts section sorted in Alphabetical order
- Instructions on how to locate parts
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.

SERVICE PARTS INTERNET SITE
The service parts information included in this manual is also available on the Pierce website. The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly.
0032421
Manuals, (2) Chassis Service, (1)
CD, Custom

MANUALS, CHASSIS SERVICE
Two (
2 ) chassis service manuals containing parts and service information on major components will be provided with the completed unit.

One (
1 ) compact disk (CD) will also be provided that will include all of the information from the above manual.

The manuals will contain the following sections:
- Job number
- Table of contents
- Troubleshooting
- Front Axle/Suspension
- Brakes
- Engine
- Tires
- Wheels
- Cab
- Electrical, DC
- Air Systems
- Plumbing
- Appendix
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. 0029551
Manuals, Two (2) Chassis Operation,
& (1) Compact Disc, Custom

MANUALS, CHASSIS OPERATION
Two (
2 ) chassis operation manuals will be provided.

One (
1 ) compact disk (CD) will also be provided that will include all of the information from the above manual.
0030008
Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus,
WA0008
ONE (
1 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA 0008
, is included with this proposal.
0611136
Warranty, Chassis, 3 Year,
Velocity/Impel, WA0284

THREE (
3 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce custom chassis limited warranty certificate, WA 0284
, is included with this proposal.
0696698
Warranty, Engine, Cummins, 5 Year,
WA0181

ENGINE WARRANTY
A Cummins
five (
5 ) year
limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA
0181
, is included with this proposal.
0684953
Warranty, Steering Gear, Sheppard
M110, 3 Year WA0201

STEERING GEAR WARRANTY
A Sheppard
three (
3 ) year
limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package.
0595767
Warranty, Frame, 50 Year,
Velocity/Impel, WA0038

FIFTY (
50 ) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom chassis frame and crossmembers limited warranty certificate, WA 0038
, is
included with this proposal.
0595698
Warranty, Axle, 3 Year, TAK-4,
WA0050

FRONT AXLE THREE (
3 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
The Pierce TAK-
4 suspension limited warranty certificate, WA
0050
, is included with this proposal.
0733305
Warranty, Tandem Axle, 5 Year,
Meritor, General Service, WA0384

TDM REAR AXLE FIVE (
5 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
A Meritor
™
Axle
5 year limited warranty will be provided.
67 784
Bid #:

0652758
Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3
Year, Meritor Wabco, WA0232

ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (
3 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP

WARRANTY
A Meritor Wabco
™
ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA
0232
, is included with this
proposal.
0019914
Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom
Cab, WA0012
TEN (
10 ) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA
0012
, is included with this proposal.
0744240
Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, Pro-
Rate, WA0055
TEN (
10 ) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA 0055
, is included with this proposal.
0524627
Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX,
WA0014
FIVE (
5 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA 0014
, is included with this
proposal.
0695416
Warranty, Pierce Camera System,
WA0188

CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY
A Pierce fifty four (
54 ) month
warranty will be provided for the camera system
.
0708760
Warranty, Not Applicable, LED Strip
Lights

COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY
The compartment lights will not offer an extended warranty. 0046369
Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission,
Standard Custom, WA0187

TRANSMISSION WARRANTY
The transmission will have a
five (
5 ) year/unlimited mileage
warranty covering
100
percent
parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission.

Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations.
0685945
Warranty, Transmission Cooler,
WA0216

TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY
The transmission cooler will carry a five (
5 ) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the
transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (
3 ) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed
$10,000
per occurrence. A copy of
the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. 0596025
Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body,
WA0009
TEN (
10 ) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA 0009
, is included with this proposal.
0693126
Warranty, AMDOR, Roll-up Door, 10
Year/5 Year Painted, WA0185

ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
An AMDOR roll-up door limited warranty will be provided. The roll-up door will be warranted against manufacturing defects for a period of
ten (
10 ) years
. A
five (
5 ) year
limited warranty will
be provided on painted roll up doors.

The limited warranty certificate, WA
0185
, is included with this proposal.
0006999
Warranty, Structure, 20 Year, Aerial
Device, WA0052

TWENTY (
20 ) YEAR AERIAL DEVICE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY WARRANTY
The Pierce device limited warranty certificate, WA
0052
, is included with this proposal.
0687388
Warranty, Swivels, 5 Year, Aerial
Device, WA0197

AERIAL SWIVEL WARRANTY
An Amity five (
5 ) year limited swivel warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package.
0088889
Not Required, Additional Aerial
Warranty
0687327
Warranty, Waterway, 10 Year, Aerial
Device, WA0198
AERIAL WATERWAY WARRANTY
An Amity ten (
10 ) year limited waterway warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package.

0595860
Warranty, Paint, 4 Year, Aerial
Device, Pro-Rated, WA0047

FOUR (
4 ) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce aerial device limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA 0047
, is included with this
proposal.
0595820
Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, Pro-
Rate, WA0057
TEN (
10 ) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA 0057
, is included with this proposal.
68 784
Bid #:

0595421
Warranty, Goldstar, 3 Year,
Apparatus, WA0018

THREE (
3 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Goldstar gold leaf lamination limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA 0018
, is
included with this proposal.
0683627
Certification, Vehicle Stability,
CD0156

VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA
1901
, current edition, section

4.13 , Vehicle Stability. The certification will be provided at the time of bid.
0808577
Certification, Engine Installation,
Velocity, Cummins X15, 2027

ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery. 0686786
Certification, Power Steering,
CD0098
POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification will be provided at the time of bid.
0892701
Certification, Cab Integrity,
Impel/Velocity FR, CD0190

CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below:

SAE J
2422
Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks.

European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No. 29 .

SAE J
2420
COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks.

Side Impact
The cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a
14,320
-lbs moving barrier is slammed into
the side of the cab at

5.50 mph, striking with an impact of
13,000
ft-lbs of force. This test is part of
the SAE J
2422
test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident.

Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,050
lbs. This value meets the ECE
29 criteria, and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten ( 10 ) metric tons.

Additional Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 100,000
lbs. (Four and a half times the
load criteria of ECE
29 )
Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of
32,600
ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in
accordance with SAE J
2420
.

Additional Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of
65,200
ft-lb of force using a moving barrier.
(Twice the force required by SAE J
2420
)
The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area.

There will be no exception to any portion of the cab integrity certification. Nonconformance will lead to immediate rejection of bid.
0548950
Certification, Cab Door Durability,
Velocity/Impel, CD0001

CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000
cycle door slam test
where the slamming force exceeds
20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. 0548967
Certification, Windshield Wiper
Durability, Impel/Velocity, CD0005

WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a
3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section

6.2 of SAE J
198

Windshield
Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles.

The bidder will certify that the wiper
system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. 0667411
Certification, Electric Window
Durability, Velocity/Impel FR,
CD0004

ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Cab window roll-up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete
30,000
complete up-down cycles and still function
normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear.
69 784
Bid #:

0549273
Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and
Mounting, Imp/Vel/Vel SLT, CD0018

SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH
Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000
lb of pull on both
the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS
571.210
Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages.

The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH
Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in
accordance with FMVSS
571.207
Seating Systems. The bidder will certify that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. 0735950
Certification, Cab HVAC System Perf,
Vel/Imp FR,
CD0166/CD0168/CD0176/CD0177

PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS
Cab Air Conditioning
Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100
degrees Fahrenheit to
an average of
78 degrees Fahrenheit in
30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.

Cab Defroster
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J 381
Windshield
Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles.

The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J
381
criteria.

Cab Auxiliary Heater
Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees
Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within
30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J
381
. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.
0545073
Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current
Edition

AMP DRAW REPORT
The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system.

The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following:

Documentation of the electrical system performance tests.

A written load analysis, which will include the following:

The nameplate rating of the alternator.

The alternator rating under the conditions specified per:

Applicable NFPA
1901
or
1906
(Current Edition).

The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per:

Applicable NFPA
1901
or
1906
(Current Edition).

Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load.

Each individual intermittent load.

All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the applicable NFPA 1901
or
1906

(Current Edition).
0002758
Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio
Allowance

0799248
Appleton/Florida BTO

0000049
Ascendant BODY

0000012

PIERCE CHASSIS
0004713

ENGINE, OTHER
0046396
EVS 4000 Series TRANSMISSION
0020015

ABS SYSTEM

0658751

PUMPER BASE

70 784
Bid #:

Option
Description
Type*
Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0001244
High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom

0.00 1.20

0.00 0002617
PTO switch, w/light - aerial

0.00 0.00

0.08 0010673
ABS Wabco Brake System, Tandem Rear Axle

0.00 6.00

0.00 0079211
Batteries, (6) Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA each, Threaded Stud

0.00 3.00

0.00 0092291
Mirrors, Velvac, 2025, Heated/Remote, w/Heated Convex, w/LED Directional

0.00 0.00

8.00 0199683
Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, w/Manual Override, Unlocked Ind Light, Imp/Vel

0.00 180.00

0.00 0550452
Lights, Side Scene, Zico ZQL-SS-LED, Stainless 1st

0.00 0.00

1.00 0583938
Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

0.00 0.60

0.00 0589905
Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040

0.00 0.50

0.00 0594595
Wiring, Spare, 50 A 12V DC 1st

0.00 0.00

50.00 0602626
Portable Hand Light, Provided by Dealer, Aerial NFPA 2016 Classification

0.00 0.00

0.00 0626449
Light, Wln, 12V NP6B* Nano Pioneer Series LED, Bail Mount 2nd

0.00 0.00

1.50 0626453
Light, Wln, 12V NP6B* Nano Pioneer Series LED, Bail Mount 1st

0.00 0.00

1.50 0653937
Flasher, Headlight Alternating

0.00 0.08

0.00 0655256
Light, GTT, Opticom, 76-1000-1155-0, GPS, Priority Control System

0.00 1.00

0.00 0667902
Controls, Electric Windows, All Cab Doors, Impel/Velocity FR

0.00 26.00

0.00 0687994
Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression Brake, Cummins Engine

0.00 0.42

0.00 0743902
Lights, Side, Wln M6** LED, Trm Fet 2nd

0.00 2.70

1.80 0745871
Lights, Side, Wln WIONSM** LED, Trim Fet, 1st

0.00 0.00

2.00 0748793
Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, RS Body

0.00 0.00

10.80 0748795
Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, LS Body

0.00 0.00

10.80 0762433
Lights, Walk Surf, Amdor AY-LB-12HW0**, LED, Cargo Areas, Front Sheet

0.00 0.00

0.00 0771345
Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, RS, R Cameras, Loc

0.00 1.20

0.00 0774457
Handlight, Streamlight, Vulcan 180, 44315, 12v, Orange

0.00 1.00

0.00 0787001
Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB Termination Blue Sea 1045 2nd

0.00 0.00

5.00 0803875
Radio, AM/FM/WB, Jensen, Frt,Rear Aux In/Frt,Rear
USB/Bluetooth

0.00 0.00

2.00 0804781
Aerial Scene Lts Separated into Aerial Tip Category and Aerial Tracking Category

0.00 0.00

0.00 0806466
Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED, For Tail Lt Housing

0.00 3.20

0.00 0889070
Intercom, David Clark, 5-Pos, 2-Dual Radio, (D,O, 2RPTT.1st R), 3C, 800/VHF,3805

0.00 0.00

0.50 0889662
Lights, Wln, S16*M* 16.37" 12VDC, Brkt Fet 2nd

0.00 0.00

3.66 0889664
Lights, Wln, S16*M* 16.37" 12VDC, Brkt Fet 1st

0.00 0.00

3.66 0895310
Siren, Federal Q2B

0.00 100.00

0.00 0898549
Cab Air Filtration, TFT CrewProtect, 12v DC, Loc, CARE

0.00 0.00

1.50 0527622
Compt w/No Pump, 60" Wide w/Rollup Door, Special Hgt
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

3.60 0568733
Wiring, Spare, 5 A 12V DC 1st
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

20.00 0605741
Lightbars, Wln, Freedom IV, 2-21.5", RRRR RRRR
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

14.56 0672937
Lights, Side, Wln WIONSMC* LED, Chrome Flange, Mounted In Rub Rail, 1st
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

6.00 0741239
HVAC, Impel/Velocity FR, CARE
Load Managed

0.00 0.00
136.00
0797189
Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB Termination Blue Sea 1045 1st Load Managed

0.00 0.00

5.00 0798604
Wiring, Secure Seat Cushion and Buckle Wiring
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

4.00 0002615
Switch, Aerial 12V Master
NFPA

0.08 0.00

0.00 0002758
Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance
NFPA

5.00 0.00

0.00 0010758
Flow Meter, Waterway, PAL, 110' Ascendant, MUX
NFPA

0.50 0.00

0.00 0063703
Compt, LS Turntable, F/H F/D, Roll Drs, Ascendant Tandem, 105 HDL
NFPA

1.80 0.00

1.80 0063735
Compt, RS F/H F/D, Roll Drs, w/o Chute, Ascendant Tandem, 105', 100 HAL
NFPA

2.70 0.00

2.70 0063739
Compt, RS Turntable, F/H F/D, Roll Drs, Ascendant Tandem, 105 HDL
NFPA

1.80 0.00

1.80 0068703
Lights, Grote Supernova LED, Stabilizer Beam, (1) Set
NFPA

1.60 0.00

0.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 1 Electrical Analysis
5/16/2023
Bid #:
784
SFD 107' Velocity HD Ladder Truck (DUPLICATE OF
38132)
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Hansen, Brad
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer:

City of Sacramento Fire Department
Option:

Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control
System, Vel WiFi CZT
Type:

Multiplexed

Option
Description
Type*
Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0090155
Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, Truck-Lite 35200R LED 7Lts NFPA

0.50 0.00

0.00 0092582
Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX
NFPA

0.56 0.56

0.00 0512558
Platform, Slide Out, 500 lb Capacity, Alum 4-Way, Full Width NFPA

3.00 0.00

0.00 0525667
Siren, Wln 295SLSA1, 100 or 200 Watt
NFPA

1.56 14.06

0.00 0540439
Light, Front Zone, Wln M6* LED, Colored Lens 2Lts
NFPA

1.80 2.70

0.00 0540746
Lights, Stabilizer Warn (2) Sets, Wln M6* LED, Colored Lens NFPA

3.60 5.40

0.00 0542387
Compt, IPO Chute, Rear Access, Tandem Axle, Smooth Alum Door
NFPA

0.90 0.00

0.90 0555915
Wiper Control, 2-Speed with Intermittent, MUX, Impel/Velocity Load Managed

2.10 8.40

0.00 0564654
Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*, Colored Lens, For Tail Light Housing
NFPA

1.80 2.70

0.00 0568369
Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges, Chrome Bezels, Impel/Velocity 2010
NFPA

1.26 0.00

0.00 0587034
Air Dryer, Bendix, AD-IP w/Heat, 2010
NFPA

4.70 0.00

0.00 0601972
Lights, Turntable Walkway, P25, LED
NFPA

0.35 0.00

0.00 0601977
Lights, Stabilizer Scene, (2) sets, Truck-Lite 40227C,
Incandescent
NFPA

5.76 0.00

0.00 0613546
Headlights, Round LED, JW Speaker, 8630 Evolution,
Polycarbonate Lens, Vel/Imp
NFPA

4.00 4.00

0.00 0615386
Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, Touchscreen, MUX NFPA

1.20 0.00

0.00 0620054
Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED 2lts
NFPA

0.10 0.90

0.00 0647638
Lights, Dome, Weldon Dual LED 4 Lts
NFPA

0.80 0.80

0.00 0648425
Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab Crn, Imp/Vel/AXT/Qtm/DCF NFPA

0.70 0.70

0.00 0651334
Cab, Velocity FR, 7000
NFPA

6.80 10.20

0.00 0668061
Light, Do Not Move Apparatus, Wln VTX609R Red LED
NFPA

0.30 0.45

0.00 0672327
Lights, Deck, Wln (2) MPBW Micro Pioneer LED Rear Flood Lights NFPA

7.00 0.00

0.00 0686562
Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln MCFLED2* LED
NFPA

3.00 0.00

0.00 0729921
Light, Roof Mt, Wln S72M**, 72" Cnt Feature, SUBKT* Mounts, Mkr Lts Activated
NFPA

0.32 0.00

18.68 0731813
Hour Meter, Aerial, Included in Information Centers, ASL, AAT, ASP
NFPA

0.10 0.00

0.00 0736083
Lights, Clearance/Marker, Side, P25 LED 2 Lts, Others With Visor Lt
NFPA

0.49 0.00

0.00 0737181
Intercom, 2-Way Fire Research ICA910 Hands Free
NFPA

0.50 0.00

0.00 0748251
Wiring, Spare, 60A 12V DC Sacramento Fire Department, 6 Ga.

NFPA

60.00 0.00

0.00 0755095
Aerial, 107' ASL Tandem, 750/500 Tip, 50 MPH
NFPA

5.00 0.00

0.00 0756855
Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 21.5 W x 34 H x 21.5 D, Ext Acc Only, Sp Mtg, Imp/Vel
NFPA

0.34 0.34

0.00 0762396
Light, Turntable Console, Amdor AY-LB-12HW012, LED Strip Light
NFPA

0.20 0.00

0.00 0762413
Light, Boom Support, Amdor AY-LB-12HW012, 12" LED
NFPA

0.18 0.00

0.00 0762435
Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL85, 46.87" Long LED, Lens Feature
NFPA

2.52 2.52

0.00 0764199
Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 25 W x 34 H x 24 D, Ext Acc Only, Sp Mtg, Imp/Vel
NFPA

0.34 0.34

0.00 0764563
DEF Tank, 8.0 Gallon, LS Fill, Forward of Rear Axle
NFPA

0.60 11.40

0.00 0765941
Lights, Perimeter Body, Amdor AY-LB-12HW012 LED 2lts,
Turntable Access
NFPA

0.36 0.00

0.00 0769420
Lights, Perimeter Cab, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 LED 4Dr
NFPA

1.20 0.00

0.00 0770200
Handrail, Exterior, Hansen, Knurled, Alum, LED Backlit, 4-Door Cab
NFPA

0.80 0.00

0.00 0774862
Lights, Torque Box Ladder Storage, Amdor AY-9250-022, red 2 Lts, LED
NFPA

1.00 0.00

0.00 0779787
Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**, WIONSMC* LED, 2pr
NFPA

2.60 3.90

0.00 0791893
Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 2-21.5", RRRRR RRsrRR
NFPA

5.24 0.00

9.76 0793038
Control Stations, ASL Tandem Axle, MUX, Color Display
NFPA

4.26 0.00

0.00 0801890
Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4500 EVS P, w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/Enf NFPA

2.00 2.00

0.00 0802753
Lights, Tracking, Wln MP** LED, 2lts
NFPA

8.00 0.00

0.00 0804514
Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For Hsg
NFPA

0.83 2.49

0.00 0808299
Lights, Tip, Wln MP** LED, ASL 4lt
NFPA

13.13 0.00

0.00 0808495
Engine, Cummins X15, 500 hp, 1850 lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2027, Velocity
NFPA

6.00 0.00

0.00 0889577
Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED, Stainless Brkt NFPA

0.07 0.00

0.00 0891800
Compt, LS F/H F/D, Roll Drs, Ascend TA, 105', 100 HAL, No Pump No Tank
NFPA

2.70 0.00

2.70 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 2 Electrical Analysis
5/16/2023
Bid #:
784
SFD 107' Velocity HD Ladder Truck (DUPLICATE OF
38132)
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Hansen, Brad
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer:

City of Sacramento Fire Department
Option:

Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control
System, Vel WiFi CZT
Type:

Multiplexed

Option
Description
Type*
Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0892637
Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 1Lt Per Step NFPA

1.00 0.00

0.00 0892649
ClearSky Telematics for Remote Fleet and On-scene
Management
NFPA

1.61 0.00

0.00 0892656
Lights, Step (6), P25 LED, Each Side
NFPA

0.30 0.00

0.00 0893962
Cabinet, Rear Facing, Top Eng Tnl, 44 W x 16 H x 14 D,
Lap,Tray, Imp/Vel FR
NFPA

0.20 0.20

0.00 0647728
Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy 55SI
S

0.00 0.00

0.00 Load Totals:
187.16
400.96
331.30
Minimum Continuous Load
Supply:
253.00
Demand:
187.16
Variance:

65.84 Total Connected Load
Supply:
370.00
Demand:
329.30
Variance:

40.70 Note: Minimum Continous Load is in "Blocking Right of Way" mode.(Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Intermittent Load items are not factored in on any alternator load comparisons. These items are included on the report for reference only and should be looked at as amp draw exclusion items. (Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Total Connected Load "Demand" represents Total Connected Load minus any Load Managed items 253.00
370.00
Alternator Output at Idle:

Alternator Output at Governed Speed:
* UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 3 Electrical Analysis
5/16/2023
Bid #:
784
SFD 107' Velocity HD Ladder Truck (DUPLICATE OF
38132)
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Hansen, Brad
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer:

City of Sacramento Fire Department
Option:

Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control
System, Vel WiFi CZT
Type:

Multiplexed

Turning Performance Analysis
Bid Number:
784
Chassis:

Velocity Chassis, Aerials, Tandem Axle, Ascendant/LSL, (Big Block), 2010
Department:

City of Sacramento Fire Department
Body:

Aerial, HD Ladder 107' ASL Tandem, No Pump, Alum Body
Parameters:
*Inside Cramp Angle:
45°
Axle Track:

82.92 in.

Wheel Offset:

4.68 in.

Tread Width:

15.9 in.

Chassis Overhang:
78 in.

Additional Bumper Depth:
7 in.

Front Overhang:
85 in.

Wheelbase:
248.5 in.

Calculated Turning Radii:

Inside Turn:
19 ft. 8 in.

Curb to curb:
35 ft. 7 in.

Wall to wall:
39 ft. 11 in.

Notes:
*Actual Inside cramp angle may be less than shown.

Curb to Curb turning radius calculated for 9.00 inch curb. 05/16/2023
Category
Option
Description
Bumpers
0123628
Bumper, Non-Extended, Imp/Vel
Aerial Devices
0755095
Aerial, 107' ASL Tandem, 750/500 Tip, 50 MPH
Axle, Front, Custom
0777891
Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non Drive, 20,050 lb, Imp/Vel Tires, Front
0802633
Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor Max MSA, 385/65R22.50, 18 ply, Fire Ser. Load Rtg
Wheels, Front
0019611
Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 12.25", Aluminum, Hub Pilot

Definitions:

Inside CrampAngle
Maximum turning angle of the front inside fire.

Axle Track
King-pin to King-pin distance of front axle.

Wheel Offset
Offset from the center line of the wheel to the King-pin.

Tread Width
Width of the tire tread.

Chassis Overhang
Distance of the center line of the front axle to the front edge of the cab. This does not include the bumper depth.

Additional Bumper Wheel
Depth that the bumper assembly adds to the front overhang.

Wheelbase
Distance between the center lines of the vehicles front and rear axles.

Inside Turning Radius
Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle can turn.

Curb to Curb Turning Radius
Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures assumes a curb height of 9 inches.

Wall to Wall Turning Radius
Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures takes into account any front overhang due to chassis , bumper extensions and or aerial devices.

JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

WARRANTIES
Exhibit “C”
4 Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0008

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

No specific exclusions apply
Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

One (1) Year Material and Workmanship
Basic Apparatus
Twelve (12) months.Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first.Warranty Begins:

Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship
Velocity and Impel Custom Chassis
Limited Warranty Limited Warranty Limited Warranty Limited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first. Warranty Begins:

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty applies, where applicable, to Goldstar lamination, defroster heater coil and motor blower assembly (excluding the FET PWM module), heater, air conditioning condenser coil and fan/motor assembly, air conditioning evaporator coil and motor blower assembly (excluding the drain pan pump and thermostat), under seat heaters coil and motor blower assembly (excluding the FET PWM module),
HVAC electronic switches, HVAC hoses and hard lines,
heater water valve, Pierce PS6 seat frames and hardware, Pierce One-Eleven mirrors, Pierce hands-free scba holder, cracking or color loss of roto-molded components, Meritor rear axle, Wabco ABS system, cab door handles, Standen
spring suspension components, and the gauge instrument
cluster.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGE S.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Three (3) Years, or
30,000 Miles, or
5000 Engine Hours
Warranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
7/2/2015 WA0284
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

Cummins Warranty
Worldwide
Fire Apparatus/Crash Trucks
Coverage
Products Warranted
This Warranty applies to new diesel Engines sold by
Cummins and delivered to the first user on or after
April 1, 2007, that are used in fire apparatus truck and crash truck* applications Worldwide.

Base Engine Warranty
The Base Engine Warranty covers any failures of the
Engine which result, under normal use and service,
from a defect in material or factory workmanship
(Warrantable Failure). This Coverage begins with the
sale of the Engine by Cummins and ends five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers), whichever occurs
first, after the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user .

Engine aftertreatment components included in the
Cummins Critical Parts List (CPL) and marked with a
Cummins part number are covered under Base Engine
Warranty.

Additional Coverage is outlined in the Emission
Warranty section.

These Warranties are made to all Owners in the
chain of distribution and Coverage continues to all
subsequent Owners until the end of the periods of
Coverage.

Cummins
Responsibilities
Cummins will pay for all parts and labor needed to
repair the damage to the Engine resulting from a
Warrantable Failure.

Cummins will pay for the lubricating oil, antifreeze,
filter elements, belts, hoses and other maintenance
items that are not reusable due to the Warrantable
Failure.

Cummins will pay for reasonable labor costs for
Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to
repair a Warrantable Failure.

Cummins will pay reasonable costs for towing a
vehicle disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the
nearest authorized repair location. In lieu of the towing expense, Cummins will pay reasonable costs for
mechanics to travel to and from the location of the
vehicle, including meals, mileage and lodging when
the repair is performed at the site of the failure.

Owner
Responsibilities
Owner is responsible for the operation and
maintenance of the Engine as specified in Cummins
Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Owner is also
responsible for providing proof that all recommended
maintenance has been performed.

Before the expiration of the applicable Warranty,
Owner must notify a Cummins distributor ,authorized
dealer or other repair location approved by Cummins
of any Warrantable Failure and make the Engine
available for repair by such facility. Except for Engines disabled by a Warrantable Failure, Owner must also
deliver the Engine to the repair facility.

Service locations are listed on the Cummins Worldwide
Service Locator at cummins.com.

Owner is responsible for the cost of lubricating oil,
antifreeze, filter elements and other maintenance items provided during Warranty repairs unless such items
are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for communication expenses,
meals, lodging and similar costs incurred as a result of a Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for non-Engine repairs and for
‘‘downtime’’expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs and other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for a $100 (U.S. Dollars)
deductible per each service visit under this plan in the 3rd, 4th and 5th years of Base Engine Warranty. The
deductible will not be charged during the first 2 years of the Base Engine Warranty.

Limitations
Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.

Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.

Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water , dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
exhaust fluid.

This Warranty does not apply to accessories supplied
by Cummins which bear the name of another
company. Such non-warranted accessories include, but
are not limited to: alternators, starters, fans, air
conditioning compressors, clutches, filters,
transmissions, torque converters, vacuum pumps,
power steering pumps, fan drives and air compressors.

Cummins branded alternators and starters are covered
for the first two years from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user ,or the expiration of the Base Engine Warranty, whichever occurs first.

Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption are not covered beyond the duration of the Coverage or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) or 7,000 hours from
the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user ,
whichever of the three occurs first. Before a claim for excessive oil consumption will be considered, Owner
must submit adequate documentation to show that
consumption exceeds Cummins published standards.

Failures of belts and hoses supplied by Cummins are
not covered beyond the first year from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or the duration of the Warranty, whichever occurs first.

Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new
Cummins parts, Cummins approved rebuilt parts or
repaired parts. Cummins is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by
Cummins.

A new Cummins or Cummins approved rebuilt part
used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the
identity of the part it replaced and is entitled to the remaining Coverage hereunder .

Cummins Inc. reserves the right to interrogate
Electronic Control Module (ECM) data for purposes of
failure analysis.

CUMMINS DOES NOT COVER WEAR OR WEAROUT
OF COVERED PARTS.

CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

THIS W ARRANTYAND THE EMISSION W ARRANTY

SET FORTH HEREINAFTER ARE THE SOLE

W ARRANTIESMADE BY CUMMINS IN REGARD TO
THESE ENGINES. CUMMINS MAKES NO OTHER

W ARRANTIES,EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR OF

MERCHANT ABILITYOR FITNESS FOR A
P ARTICULARPURPOSE.

This Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you
may also have other rights which vary from state to
state.

Emission
Warranty
Products Warranted
This Emission Warranty applies to new Engines
marketed by Cummins that are used in the United
States** in vehicles designed for transporting persons
or property on a street or highway. This Warranty
applies to Engines delivered to the first user on or after September 1, 1992.

Coverage
Cummins warrants to the first user and each
subsequent purchaser that the Engine is designed,
built and equipped so as to conform at the time of sale by Cummins with all U.S. federal emission regulations
applicable at the time of manufacture and that it is free from defects in material or factory workmanship which
would cause it not to meet these regulations within the longer of the following periods: (A) Five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) of operation,
whichever occurs first, as measured from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or (B) The Base Engine Warranty.

If the vehicle in which the Engine is installed is
registered in the state of California, a separate
California Emission Warranty also applies.

Limitations
Failures, other than those resulting from defects in
material or factory workmanship, are not covered by
this Warranty.

Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.

Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.

Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water , dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
exhaust fluid.

Cummins is not responsible for non-Engine repairs,
‘‘downtime’’expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs or other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.

Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.

CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
* Airport operated crash trucks and fire department
operated trucks employed to respond to fires,
hazardous material releases, rescue and other
emergency-type situations.
** United States includes American Samoa, the
Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands, Guam,
Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands.

Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.

Bulletin 3381161
Printed in U.S.A. Rev. 08/09
/H230052001 Cummins Inc.

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity
Chassis Frame & Crossmembers
Fifty (50) Years
(Expected Life of Apparatus)
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Custom chassis frame rail and cross members manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and
workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty excludes brake pads, brake rotors, seal boots and shock absorbers.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGE S.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

Three (3) Years
-or-
30,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
12/16/2013 WA0050
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship
TAK-4 Independent Front Suspension
Limited Warranty Limited Warranty Limited Warranty Limited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The TAK-4 Front Independent Suspension and Steering
Gears shall be free from defects in material and
workmanship.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

SUPPLIER
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor axle shall be covered by Meritor as indicated in the attached Meritor warranty coverage description

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the purchaser who first puts the product in service ("Buyer"):
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor warranty
description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

Five (5) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 6/29/2020 WA0384
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

MERITOR
®

COMMERCIAL

VEHICLE SYSTEMS
WARRANTY/MODEL YEAR 2020 VEHICLES
Advantage Program
Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial base coverage expires. You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting www.meritor.com or by contacting Meritor at 866-OnTrac1 (866-668-7221).
2 Linehaul ............................................................................................................. 3-4 General Service ................................................................................................... 5-6 Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle .......................................................................... 7-8 Fire and Emergency ................................................................................................ 9 Transit Bus ........................................................................................................... 10 Off-Highway Service .............................................................................................. 11 Terms and Conditions ............................................................................................ 12 How to Read Warranty Coverage
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands)
Unl=Unlimited
P=Parts Only
P&L=Parts & Labor
Notice:

Models or components that are approved for use by Meritor’s vocational guidelines contained in Meritor Publication TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P).

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P).

Effective Model Year 2020 Vehicles

WARRANTY INFORMATION CONTENTS

n Bulk Hauler
n Chip Hauler (Truck)*
n Doubles
n Flatbed
n General Freight
n Grain Hauler
n Livestock Hauler
n Moving Van
n Pipe Hauler
n Refrigerated Freight
n Tanker
n Triples
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
n High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
n Well maintained major highways of concrete or
asphalt construction
n Greater than 30 miles between starting and stopping
Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. * Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty consideration.

Linehaul Vehicles
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/750/P&L
Linehaul Typically Is
RPL 5/500/P , 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P , 1/Unl/P&L
155N 1/Unl/P
92N 1/Unl/P
Drivelines
RS-19-144/145/A
MS-19-14X
MS-21-144
RS-21-145
RS-21-160
MS-23-17X
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-186
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/750/P&L
1 These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

RT-34-144/P/A
RT-40-145/A
RT-40-160/P 1,2
RT-46-160/P 1,2
RT-46-164EH/P 1,2
RT-50-160/P 1,2
MA-40-165
MA-40-175
MT-34-14X/P
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-14XHE
MT-40-144/P
MT-40-943
MT-40-943-SP
RZ-166 2
RZ-188
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/750/P&L

LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION
3 Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 5/500/P , 1/Unl/P&L
ASA 5/500/P , 1/Unl/P&L
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™ 2 12-Years or Wearable Life/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 5/500/P , 1/Unl/L
EX+ Air Disc Brake Extended Standard Warranty 3 5/500/P&L 1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 3/500/P&L.
2 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
3 Applies only to MA761 friction material code CD brake assembly i.e.

EX225LXXXCDXXX
MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram) 1
Major Structural Components 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Curbing Damage Warranty 2 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/100/P&L
PinLoc Actuator 3/300/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
MTA (Trailing Arm)
Major Structural Components 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs & Rebound Straps 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 5/500/P , 3/300/L
1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Meritor (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling, or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding subframe, consisting of the frame rails, crossmembers, and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage.

TQ, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets 5/750/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS Coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.

MTIS Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Beam and Brackets 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Wheel End Systems 1
Standard System 2 1/100/P&L
PreSet by Meritor 3 5/500/P&L
AxlePak5 4 5P/L
AxlePak7 5 7P/L
1 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 2 When installed by Meritor.
3 Requires approved hubcap stating PreSet by Meritor on hubcap face. 4 When specified with AxlePak5 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
5 When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
(For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.)
Brake Components Trailer Air Suspension Systems
TAG/Pusher Axles1
Meritor Tire Inflation System
Trailer Axles
4 LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION

n Auto Hauler
n Beverage Truck
n Chip Hauler
n Cross Country Coach
n Flatbed
n Front Engine Commercial Chassis
n Front Engine Integral Coach
n General Freight
n Intercity Coach
n Intermodal Chassis
n Livestock Hauler
n Meat Packer
n Moving Van
n Municipal Truck
n Newspaper Delivery
n Pick-Up and Delivery
n Pipe Hauler
n Platform Auto Hauler
n Rear Engine Integral Coach
n Recreational Vehicles
n Refrigerated Freight
n School Bus
n Stake Truck
n Tanker
n Tanker Trailer
n Tour Bus
n Wrecker
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FH-941
FH-946 1
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B-N
MFS-6-162B-N
MFS-6-153C-N
MFS-6-162C-N
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-143A-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
n Lower mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) n Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road)
n An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

General Service Vehicles
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
General Service Typically Is

GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
1 Can also be used with reduced steer angles in tag position in Coach Applications. 5 MS-17-13X
MS-17-14X
MS-19-13X
MS-19-14X
RS-17-144/145/A
RS-19-144/145/A
MS-21-13X
MS-21-14X
MS-21-144
MS-23-17X
RS-21-145/A
RS-21-160
RC-22-145
RC-22-145/A
RC-23-160
RC-23-161
RC-23-162 1
RC-23-165 1
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-30-185
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-35-380
71162
71163
79163
Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
1 3/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Meritor.

MT-34-14X/P
RT-34-144/P/A
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-14XHE
MT-40-144/P
RT-40-145/A
MT-44-14X/P
RT-44-145/P
RT-46-169
MT-52-616
RT-52-1851
MT-58-616
RT-58-1851
MT-70-380
RZ-188
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN.

Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

MX-08-130-FV (FSD-08A)
MX-10-130-FV (FSD-10A)
MX-12-130-FV (FSD-12A)
MX-13-130-FV (FSD-13A)
MX-14-130-FV (FSD-14A)
MX-16-130-FV (FSD-16A)
MX-18-130-FV (FSD-18A)
MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800)
MX-20-130-FV (FSD-20A)
MX-21-130-FV (FSD-21A)
MX-21-130-SD (SDA-2100)
MX-23-130-FV (FSD-23A)
MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300)
MX-29-130-FV (FSD-29A)
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
RT-40-160/P
RT-46-160/P
RT-46-164EH/P
RT-50-160/P
RZ-166
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem -
3/Unl/P&L
RPL 4/400/P , 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P , 1/Unl/P&L
155N 1/Unl/P
92N 1/Unl/P
Drivelines
11170
523
RND-14H
RND-16A
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-318
MPT-500
MPT-510
MPT-518
MPT-526
MPT-531
MPT-543
MPT-170
MPT-1702
MPT-175
MPT-185
MPT-190
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
516 FAT 30
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L
Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Cam P3 2/200/P
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake ™ 3 2/200/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA3 2/200/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™ 2 12-Years or Wearable Life/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 2/Unl/P&L
1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/Unl/P . 2 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
3 Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only.

Beam and Brackets 1 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems 2
Standard System 3 1/Unl/P&L
AxlePak5 4 5/P&L
AxlePak7 5 7/P&L
1 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
2 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 3 When installed by Meritor.
4 When specified with AxlePak5 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
5 When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
(For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.)
Beam & Brackets 6/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems 1
Standard System 1/Unl/P&L
AxlePak7 7/P&L
Beam and Brackets 7/P , 1/L
1 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage.

MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram) 1
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Curbing Damage Warranty 2 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/Unl/P&L
PinLoc Air Actuator 3/Unl/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
MTA (Trailing Arm)
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs and Rebound Straps 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 3 5/Unl/P , 3/Unl/L
(For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Meritor 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling, or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding subframe, consisting of the frame rails, crossmembers, and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage.

Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferrable to another trailer VIN, and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped, or otherwise not salvageable. 3 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
TQ, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets 1 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L MC14002, MC16003, FH946 2/Unl/P&L
(For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.)
1 3/Unl/P&L if sold with PreSet by Meritor.

Brake Components
Trailer Axles
Chassis Axles (2000 Series/ChassiPak)
Trailer Air Suspension Systems
Meritor® Tire Inflation System
TAG/Pusher Axles
6 GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION

Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle
n Airport Rescue Fire Fighting
(ARFF)
n Airport Shuttle*
n Asphalt Truck
n Block Truck
n Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
n Cementing Vehicle
n Commercial Pick-Up
n Concrete Pumper
n Construction Material Hauler
n Mixer
n Demolition
n Drill Rig
n Dump
n Equipment Hauling
n Flatbed Trailer Hauler
n Flatbed Truck
n Fracturing Truck
n Front Loader
n Geophysical Exploration
n Hopper Trailer Combinations
n Landscaping Truck
n Liquid Waste Hauler
n Log Hauling
n Lowboy
n Michigan Special Gravel Trains
n Michigan Special Log Hauler
n Michigan Special Steel Hauler
n Michigan Special Waste Vehicle
n Municipal Dump
n Rear Loader (Refuse)
n Recycling Truck
n Residential Pick-Up (Refuse)
n Rigging Truck
n Roll-Off
n Scrap Truck
n Semi-End Dump
n Sewer/Septic Vacuum
n Shuttle Bus*
n Side Loader
n Snowplow/Snowblower
n Steel Hauling
n Tanker
n Tank Truck
n Tractors with Pole Trailers
n Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
n Transfer Dump
n Transfer Vehicle
n Utility Truck
n Winch Truck
n Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) n On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road)
n Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/ or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle Typically Is
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
FH-941
FH-946
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B
MFS-6-162B
MFS-6-162C
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122
MFS-12E-122
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12-155
MFS-13-122
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13-155
MFS-14-122
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-192A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
RF-16-145
RF-21-160
MX-10-120
MX-10-120 EVO
MX-12-120
MX-12-120 EVO
MX-14-120
MX-16-120
MX-18-120
MX-17-140
MX-19-140
MX-21-140
MX-21-160
MX-23-160
MX-810
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L

HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIAL TY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
7 *Commercial chassis only
MS-17-14X
RS-17-144/145/A
MS-19-14X
RS-19-144
MS-21-114
MS-21-14X
RS-21-145
RS-21-145/A
RS-21-160
RC-22-145
RC-23-160
RH-23-160
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
RS-23-161
RS-23-186/380
RS-24-160
RS-25-160
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-26-185/380
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-30-185/380
MS-35-380
RS-38-380
RC-25-160
RC-26-633
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
RPL 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
Drivelines
11170
523
RND-14H
RND-16A
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MX-08-130-FV (FSD-08A)
MX-10-130-FV (FSD-10A)
MX-12-130-FV (FSD-12A)
MX-13-130-FV (FSD-13A)
MX-14-130-FV (FSD-14A)
MX-16-130-FV (FSD-16A)
MX-18-130-FV (FSD-18A)
MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800)
MX-20-130-FV (FSD-20A)
MX-21-130-FV (FSD-21A)
MX-21-130-SD (SDA-2100)
MX-23-130-FV (FSD-23A)
MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300)
MX-29-130-FV (FSD-29A)
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-318
MPT-500
MPT-510
MPT-518
MPT-526
MPT-531
MPT-543
MPT-170
MPT-1702
MPT-175
MPT-185
MPT-190
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
516
FAT 30
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L
MT-34-14X/P
RT-34-144/P/A
MT-40-14X/P
RT-40-145/A
MT-44-14X/P
RT-44-145/P
RT-46-169
RT-58-160
MT-52-616
MT-52-616-SP
RT-52-185/380 1,2
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
RT-58-185/380 1,2
RT-70-380
MT-70-380
RZ-188
Cam P 3/Unl/P
Cam P3 2/100/P
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 2 2/100/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA2 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and
Other Wheel-end
Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake 2/100/P&L
1 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
2 Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only.
3 Warranty for all non-Meritor ASAs supplied by
Meritor for all Heavy Service vocations is 1/100/P .

RT-40-160/P/A 3
RT-46-160/P/A 1,3
RT-46-164EH/P/A 2,3
RT-50-160/P/A 3
RZ-166
1 U.S. only. Canadian warranty = 1/Unl/P for
combination vehicles only.
2 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact
Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details.
3 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application
Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior
to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis
number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter
#303 and #396 for further details.
1 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN.

Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
Brake Components Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem -
3/Unl/P&L MTA (Trailing Arm)
Major Structural Components1 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 1 5/Unl/P , 3/Unl/L
1 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
(For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate
product warranties.)
Trailer Air Suspension Systems
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Meritor Tire Inflation System
Beam and Brackets 1 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems 2
Standard System 3 1/Unl/P&L
1 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
2 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all
systems require annual inspections and proper
documentation to ensure full coverage.
3 When installed by Meritor.
(For brake components and ABS coverage,
refer to appropriate product warranties.)
Trailer Axles
8 HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIAL TY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
MTC-4213
MTC-4210
MTC-4208
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3112-CV (529 & 548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 & TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/247)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/350)
MTC-3205-GV (RTC-25/350)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/380)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/380)
MTC-3212-CV (315 & 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-2212-CV (306)
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MGX-240
MGX-279
MGX-279D
MGX-280
MGX-285
MGX-292
MGX-314
MGX-376
MGX-377
MGX-378
MGX-380
MGX-384
MGX-402
MGX-413
MGX-448
MGX-456
MGX-478
MGX-480
MGX-487
MGX-488
MGX-505
MGX-506
MGX-514
MGX-519
MGX-520
MGX-522
MGX-524
MGX-527
MGX-528
MGX-533
MGX-534
MGX-536
MGX-537
MGX-541
MGX-545
MGX-546
MGX-550
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
n Aerial Ladder Truck
n Aerial Platform
n Ambulance
n Command Vehicle
n Crash Fire Rescue (CFR)
n Pumper
n Rapid Intervention Vehicle (RIV)
n Tanker
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
MX-19140
MX-21140
MX-21160
MX-23160
MX-23810
n Lower mileage operations (less than 20,000 miles/year) n Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road)
n An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

Fire and Emergency Vehicles
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 2/Unl/P&L
1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/Unl/P .

Brake ComponentsFront Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/Unl/P&L Front Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
Fire and Emergency Typically Is
RPL 4/400/P , 1/Unl/L
MXL 3/350/P , 1/Unl/L
155N 1/Unl/P
92N 1/Unl/P
Drivelines
MTC-4208
MTC-4210
MTC-4213
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
RC-23-160
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
RS-30-185
RS-35-380
RS-25-160
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
1 3/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Meritor.

MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-144/P
RT-40-145/A
RT-40-160/P
MT-44-14X/P
RT-44-145/P
RT-46-160/P
RT-46-164EH/P
RT-46-169
RT-50-160/P
MT-52-616
RT-52-1851
MT-58-616
RT-58-1851
MT-70-380
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

FIRE AND EMERGENCY WARRANTY INFORMATION
9 Transit Bus Vehicles
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 1 2/100/P&L
ASA1 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and
Other Wheel-end
Components 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake 2/100/P&L
1 Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only.

MC-26000
71063
79063
Brake Components Center Non-drive Axles – 5/300/P&L
n Airport Shuttle
n City Bus
n Commuter Coach
n Shuttle Bus
n Transit Bus
n Trolley
n Moderate mileage operation (less than 50,000 miles per year) n Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP- 9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

Transit Bus Typically Is
FH-946
FH-941 1
MFS-12-155
MFS-13-155
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
71163
79163
RC-23-162 1
RC-23-165 1
RS-21-160
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/300/P&L
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/300/P&L
RPL 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
MC-14002
MC-16003
FH-946
Drivelines
Tag Axles – 2/Unl/P&L

TRANSIT BUS WARRANTY INFORMATION
10 1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L
1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L
Industrial And Off-Highway Service Vehicles
n Load-On/Load-Off
n Port Tractor
n Rail Yard Spotter
n Roll-On/Roll-Off
n Stevedoring Tractor
n Trailer Spotter
n Yard Jockey
n All-Terrain Crane
n Rough Terrain Crane
n Forestry
n Material Handling
n Specialized Heavy Haul
n Specialized Mining
n Excavator
n Compactor
n Fertilizer Spreader
n Snow Blower
n Mining
n Rail Car Mover
n Loader
n Tow Tractor
n Pushback Tractor
n Low mileage operation
n Low speed vehicle speed restriction
n Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
n Six (6) starts/stops per mile (typical)
Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

RPL MXL
FF - 941
FF - 943
FF - 961
FF - 966
FG - 941
FG - 943
FL - 941
FL - 943
FN - 951
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
MON-Z0 FAMILY
Industrial And Off-Highway Service Typically Is
Drivelines – 1/Unl/P
MOB
MOC
MOD
MOE
MOF
MOG
MOH
MOR
MOS
MOT
MOX
MOY
MOZ
Planetary Axles – 1/Unl/P
Cam P 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
Brake ComponentsFront Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P

OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY

INFORMATION
11 MTC-4213
MTC-4210
MTC-4208
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3112-CV (529 & 548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 & TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/247)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/350)
MTC-3205-GV (RTC-25/350)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/380)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/380)
MTC-3212-CV (315 & 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-2212-CV (306)
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MGX-240
MGX-279
MGX-279D
MGX-280
MGX-285
MGX-292
MGX-314
MGX-376
MGX-377
MGX-378
MGX-380
MGX-384
MGX-402
MGX-413
MGX-448
MGX-456
MGX-478
MGX-480
MGX-487
MGX-488
MGX-505
MGX-506
MGX-514
MGX-519
MGX-520
MGX-522
MGX-524
MGX-527
MGX-528
MGX-533
MGX-534
MGX-536
MGX-537
MGX-541
MGX-545
MGX-546
MGX-550
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
Coverage Exclusions
Product Description
All
The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine Meritor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting from corrosion.

For axle assemblies supplied by Meritor with suspension and in - terface brackets designed and/or attached by non-Meritor parties, Meritor warranty coverage does not apply to the brackets, bracket attachment methods, and field issues caused by brackets or bracket attachments to any covered component unless specified in a separate OEM agreement.

Front Axles
King Pin Bushings.

Rear Axles
Self-contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton.

ASA
Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over-torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies.

Cam Brake
Brake lining wear and brake shoe “rust-jacking.”
Disc Brake
Pad wear, rotor wear.

Coverage Limitations
Product Description
All
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P).

Front Axles
Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor.

Rear Axles
Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by Meritor. If yoke is not installed by Meritor, then Meritor does not warrant pinion seals. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor.

Rear Axles
The Meritor ® breather part number A-2297-C-8765 with
A-3196-J-1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential warranty consideration relating to contamination and/or loss of lube in axles.

Cam Brake
Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity.

STEELite X30
Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum.

Disc Brake
Warranty coverage for boots, seals, bushings and pins is 2/200/P .

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P .

Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 lb-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Meritor representative for specific details.
12 TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Litho in USA, SP-95155
Revised 1-19 (47865/11900)
Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC
2135 West Maple Road
Troy, Michigan 48084 USA
Product models, brands, names and trademarks depicted herein are the property of their respective owners and, except where otherwise indicated, are not in any way associated with Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC, or any parent or affiliate, thereof.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC warrants to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment in vehicles licensed for on-highway use, will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration of the OEM’s vehicle warranty for the applicable covered components. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first.

Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement.

Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component.

Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty.

For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further information about lubrication and maintenance, see Meritor publication Maintenance Manual Number l and the applicable Meritor
maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required.

To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Meritor through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Meritor components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with Meritor directly. Failure to notify Meritor of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in-service date.

A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Meritor as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Meritor or through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use.

Coverage under Meritor’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.
(3) What is the Cost of this Warranty?
There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty?
This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (I) improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by Meritor), (II) accident, natural disaster, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the axle and/or driveline capacity), or (III) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change intervals, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not branded by Meritor. For vehicles that operate full or part time outside of the United States and Canada, a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) will apply. (5) Remedy.

The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Meritor’s option. Meritor reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are available and/or returned to Meritor for review and evaluation. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty.

THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES

OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING

ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(7) Limitation of Remedies.

In no event shall Meritor be liable for special, incidental, indirect, or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, including, but not limited to, towing, downtime, lost productivity, cargo damage, taxes, or any other losses or costs resulting from a defective covered component.
(8) To Obtain Service.

If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Meritor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized Meritor service location.

The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Meritor for an evalu - ation of the claim. When authorized by Meritor, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Meritor component covered by this warranty.
(9) Entire Agreement.

This is the entire agreement between Meritor and the Owner about warranty and no Meritor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Meritor. This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Meritor and the Owner. )LUHDQG5HVFXH$SSDUDWXV
Coverage:
7KUHH

<HDU0DWHULDODQG:RUNPDQVKLS
0HULWRU:DEFR$%6%UDNH6\VWHP
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor Wabco ABS brake system shall be covered by
Meritor Wabco as indicated in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty coverage description
/,0,7(':$55$17<
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Three (3) YearWarranty Period
Ends After:

The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
(;&/86,212)&216(48(17,$/$1',1&,'(17$/'$0$*(6
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
%8<(5
6(;&/86,9(5(0('<
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
2/25/2013 WA0232
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
',6&/$,0(562):$55$17,(6
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

WARRANTY
Warranty coverage is essential to protecting your investment. But understanding the full details of your coverage can be challenging. This straightforward approach allows you, our valued customer, to better understand how your specific vehicle applications will be covered in your region. Our component warranty coverage is provided according to vocation/usage categories listed below. • Linehaul covers high mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction.
• General Service covers moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained public roads (less than 10 percent off-road) typically with less than three (3) stops per mile. • Heavy Service (Vocational) covers vehicles with more than 10 percent off-road OR moderate to frequent starts/stops typically with more than three (3) stops per mile.
• Off-Highway Service covers lower mileage operations. Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use. • The standard aftermarket warranty for WABCO products - including WABCO Original parts, WABCO Reman Solutions, ProVia quality aftermarket parts and WABCO retrofit solutions - is one year, parts only from in-service date when purchased from ZF distributor networks or its affiliates and/or subsidiaries.

MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
How to Read Warranty Coverage (Example)
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) Unl=Unlimited P=Parts Only P&L=Parts & Labor 3 300 P
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components.
2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.
• Aerial Ladder Truck
• Aerial Platform
• Ambulance
• Auto Hauler
• Beverage Truck
• Bulk Hauler
• Chip Hauler (Truck)
• Cross Country Coach
• Doubles
• Flatbed
• Front Engine Commercial
Chassis
• Front Engine Integral
Coach
• General Freight
• Grain Hauler
• Intercity Coach
• Intermodal Chassis
• Livestock Hauler
• Meat Packer
• Moving Van
• Municipal Truck
• Pipe Hauler
• Platform Auto Hauler
• Pumper
• Rear Engine Integral Coach
• Recreational Vehicles
• Refrigerated Freight
• School Bus
• Stake Truck
• Tanker
• Tanker Truck
• Triples
• Tour Bus
• Wrecker

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE VEHICLES

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION

LINEHAUL TYPICALLY IS
• High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
• Well maintained major highways of concrete or
asphalt construction

GENERAL SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• Moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) • Well maintained public roads (less than 10% off-road) • Less than three (3) stops per mile
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
1/100/P&LTrailer Lift Axle Control Valve
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Air Compressors (ALL)2 2/200/P&L
Air Dryers (ALL) 3/300/P&L
Aerodynamics
OptiFlow® TrailerSkirt 2/UnU/P
OptiFlow® Trailer Tail and AutoTail 2/UnI/P
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air
3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Trailer ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System)
3 Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves
1/100/P&L
OptiRide® Automated Manual Transmission (AMT)
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 3/300/P&L
WABCO Components1 (cont.)
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 6/600/P
MAXXUS™ Truck Air Disc Brake 5/500/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 17 and 19 Air Disc Brake 2/Unl/P and
1/Unl/L
Pan 22 Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV or IRB 6/600/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 3/300/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 2/200/P
Trailer MAXX22T™ Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
1 ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.

WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
1/100/P&L
Air Compressors (ALL)2
Air Dryers (ALL)
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic 2/200/P&L
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
3/300/P&L
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Trailer ABS Valve3
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Driveline Suspension Control
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves 1/100/P&L
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Trailer MAXX22T™ 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
• Airport Rescue Fire (ARF)
• Airport Shuttle
• Asphalt Truck
• Block Truck
• Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
• Cementing Vehicle
• City Bus
• Commercial Pick-Up
• Concrete Pumper
• Construction Material Hauler
• Crash Fire Rescue (CFR)
• Mixer
• Demolition
• Drill Rig
• Dump
• Emergency Service
• Equipment Hauling
• Flatbed Trailer Hauler
• Flatbed Truck
• Fracturing Truck
• Front Loader
• Geophysical Exploration
• Hopper Trailer Combinations
• Landscaping Truck
• Liquid Waste Hauler
• Log Hauling
• Lowboy
• Michigan Special
Gravel Trains
• Michigan Special
Log Hauler
• Michigan Special
Steel Hauler
• Michigan Special
Waste Vehicle
• Municipal Dump
• Newspaper Delivery
• Package Delivery
• Pick-up and Delivery
• Rapid Intervention
Vehicle (RIV)
• Rear Loader
• Recycling Truck
• Residential Pick-Up/Waste
• Rigging Truck
• Roll-Off
• Scrap Truck
• Semi-End Dump
• Sewer/Septic Vacuum
• Shuttle Bus
• Side Loader
• Snowplow/Snowblower
• Steel Hauling
• Tanker
• Tank Truck
• Tractors with Pole Trailers
• Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
• Transfer Dump
• Transfer Vehicle
• Transit Bus
• Trolley
• Utility Truck
• Winch Truck

HEAVY SERVICE VEHICLES

HEAVY SERVICE (VOCATIONAL) WARRANTY INFORMATION

HEAVY SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road) OR
• Moderate to frequent starts/stops typically more than three (3) stops per mile
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES

INDUSTRIAL AND OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE

TYPICALLY IS
• Low mileage operation3
• Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 Equivalent hours of service limit: 2,000 hours for all components.

INDUSTRIAL/OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
2/Unl/PAir Compressors (ALL)2
Air Dryers (ALL)
Brake Actuation
Air/Hydraulic Actuators
2/Unl/P
Master Cylinders
Remote Actuators
Slave and Wheel Cylinders
Two Fluid Actuators
Brake Locks
Brake Locks (ALL)
2/Unl/PElectric Brake Locks
Lever Locks
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air
1/100/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls
1/100/P&L
Leveling Valves
Electrohydraulics & Controls
Electronic Pedals
2/Unl/PElectrohydraulic Brake Valves (EBV)
Pressure Switches
Hydraulic Braking Solutions
Accumulator Charging Valves
2/Unl/PHydraulic Throttle Controls and Switches
Modulating Brake Valves
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
Caliper Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Multiple Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
Market Common Application Types
Agriculture
Fertilizer Spreader, Tractor, Heavy Duty Ag
Trailers, Harvester, Sprayer, Skid Loader, Silage
Bagger, Slurry Wagons, Grain Cart
Airport Support
Pushback Tractor, Towing Tugs, Aircraft Tow
Tractor, Refueling Trucks, Food Service Trucks,
Baggage Tractors, De-Icing Equipment,
Runway Clearing Equipment
Construction
All-Terrain Crane, Rough Terrain Crane,
Excavator, Compactor, Wheel Loader, Road
Roller, Motor Grader, Articulated Dump Truck,
Rubber Tire Road Roller, Backhoe Loaders,
Haul Trucks, Scraper Rough Terrain Forklifts,
Trenchers, Drills
Forestry Logging Forwarder, Kidder, Loaders, Yard
Forklifts, Harvesters Fellers
Material Handling
Port Tractor, Rail Yard Spotter, Stevedoring
Tractor, Trailer Spotter, Yard Jockey, Scissor
Lift, Straddle Carrier, Manlift, Forklift, Boom Lift
Telebandlers, Aerial Work Platforms
Mining
Specialized Mining, Excavator, Haul Truck,
Underground Loader, Service Trucks, Wheel
Loaders, Scrapers, Load Haul Dumps,
Personnel Transports, Bolters, Scalers
Municipal
Street Sweeper, Utility Tractor, Utility Trucks,
Tree Trimmers, Dump Trucks, Tow Trucks, Flat
Bed Trucks, Winch Applications
Oil & Gas
Fracturing Trailer, Injecter Heads, Top Drives,
Jack/Lift Boats, Wireline Trucks, Load-On /
Load-Off
Rail
Railcar Mover, Track Layers, Grinders, Platform
Crane, Locomotive Railcars, Ballast Equipment,
Winch Applications

ABS, ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL (ESC),
ROLL STABILITY CONTROL (RSC), OPTIRIDE®,
ONGUARD® AND ONLANE®, COLLECTIVELY
“ELECTRONICS”
Failure of electronic components due to overvoltage
condition, improper grounding, electrostatic discharge
(ESD), improper shielding, electromagnetic interference (EMI), or other wiring or installation issues. Malfunctions and failure codes caused by other electronic subsystem failures (data bus, engine, transmission, dashboard, etc.)

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS
For certain components, brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4 is
used as the operating medium. Use of any other fluid will void all warranties associated with that component. For hydraulic braking applications the brake fluid is considered a maintenance item. Maintenance intervals are listed in TB- 1367.

COVERAGE LIMITATIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program.

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, 1/Unl/P .

For vehicles that operate full- or part-time outside of the United States and Canada, a 1-Year/Unlimited Miles parts only (1/Unl/P) will apply.

TOOLBOX PLUS™ DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE
Proper diagnostics of WABCO Electronics may require the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™. Additional labor due
to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™ software
and/or the time to purchase or install the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™ are not covered under product
warranty.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

COVERAGE EXCLUSIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
This Warranty shall not apply to the following, but not limited to: (1) damage to the product or its component
parts caused by incorrect use, installation, maintenance or repair, including without limitation (a) improper fit of mating components or brackets, damaged threads, cut, broken,
chafed, pinched or otherwise damaged wiring (sensors,
harnesses and connectors), (b) sensors damaged during
removal when seized in block, or associated with sensor adjustments/ alignments, and (c) damage resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine WABCO components or
materials; (2) damage to the product, its component parts, or diminished product or component part performance due to incorrect operation, deviation from approved conditions or misapplication; (3) any unauthorized disassembly of the product or its component parts including without limitation (a) obliterated, defaced or missing WABCO or WABCO
name plate, serial numbers or label identifying the device as
a ZF product or WABCO component, (b) changes to sealed
adjusting screws, and (c) opening or attempted repair of non-serviceable components; (4) malfunction
of the component d ue to internal cont amination of t he vehicle system including without limitation (a) water and other contamination damage that is due to the use of a
non-genuine air dryer cartridge or (b) valve failures due to contamination in air system, (5) complaints associated
with noise, (6) damage resulting from corrosion (including oxidation of electrical devices and connections).

AIR DRYERS
Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant cartridge housing only.

AIR SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Normal wear items; Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs,
valve actuation handles, treadles, pedals.

WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
ZF CV Systems North America LLC and its North American
subsidiaries and affiliates (ZF) warrant to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins from the original in-service date to the limits provided and runs concurrently with any warranties provided by OEMs and/or any distribution agreements and/or any service contracts that cover the components listed in this publication, if any. If the components listed in this publication are covered by an OEM warranty and/or service contract, then the OEM’s warranty and/ or service contract shall supersede ZF’s warranty and Owner shall comply with all OEM’s warranty and/or service contract requirements for claims under such OEM’s warranty and/or service contract until those agreements expire.

Once those agreements expire and provided the ZF warranty has not expired under the terms stated above, the ZF warranty will be in effect until its expiration date.

Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed previously in this publication.

Additional diagnostic time due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™, time to purchase or install latest version of TOOLBOX™ are the responsibility of the authorized ZF distributor networks and are not covered under product warranty. Components installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify ZF through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the WABCO components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in- service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with ZF directly. Failure to notify ZF of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in- service date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner
must
also notify ZF as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to ZF or through
the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under ZF’
s warranty requires that the application of
products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and ZF, approvals. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? In addition to the items listed on "Coverage Exclusions," this warranty does not cover normal wear and tear, or service items; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (a) improper handling, storage, installation, adjustment, repair or modification including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by ZF, (b) accident, fire or other casualty, natural disaster, road debris, negligence, misuse, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the brake system capacity),
or (c) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from maintenance intervals, approved lubricants, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by ZF. (5) To obtain service. If the owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either ZF or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM dealer or ZF distributor networks' servicer. The dealer or ZF authorized servicer will inspect the vehicle and contact ZF for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by ZF, the dealer or ZF authorized servicer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective WABCO component covered by this warranty. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty and Limitation of remedies. TO THE MAXIMUM

EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE LIMITED WARRANTY SET

FORTH HEREIN IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER

WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARISING BY OPERATION OF

LAW OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A

PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND/OR WARRANTY FOR HIDDEN OR

LATENT DEFECTS, AND IN NO EVENT WILL ZF OR ANY OF ITS

AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,

PROGRESSIVE, SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY
KIND.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
(7) Legal action. Any legal action or claim arising from or related to this Warranty, in contract or otherwise, must be commenced within one year from the accrual of that cause of action, or be barred forever. Any dispute arising in connection with this agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Michigan and be brought, heard and determined exclusively in either the Circuit Court for the County of Oakland, State of Michigan or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan. The parties stipulate that the referenced venues are convenient.
(8) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at ZF's option. ZF reserves the right to require that all applicable covered components are available and/or returned to ZF
for review
and evaluation. THE MAXIMUM LIABILITY, IF ANY, OF ZF FOR ALL

DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION CONTRACT

DAMAGES, BREACH OF WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT

LIABILITY, OR OTHER TORT, IS LIMITED TO AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT and where
indicated in the product and application warranty information above, the inclusion of labor is limited to the standard repair time. THE

PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THE LIMITATION

OF DAMAGES PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS PARAGRAPH

SURVIVES BETWEEN THE ORIGINAL END USER AND ZF EVEN IF

THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY SET FORTH ABOVE IS DEEMED TO FAIL
OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. ZF may change the design or make improvements to its Products without incurring any warranty obligation for previously manufactured Product .
(9) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between ZF and the Owner about warranty and no, ZF employee, or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of ZF unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of ZF.

About ZF Friedrichshafen AG
ZF is a global technology company and supplies systems for passenger cars, commercial vehicles and industrial technology, enabling the next generation of mobility. ZF allows vehicles to see, think and act. In the four technology domains Vehicle Motion Control, Integrated Safety, Automated Driving, and Electric Mobility, ZF offers comprehensive solutions for established vehicle manufacturers and newly emerging transport and mobility service providers. ZF electrifies different kinds of vehicles. With its products, the company contributes to reducing emissions and protecting the climate.

ZF, which acquired WABCO Holdings Inc. on May 29, 2020, now has 160,000 employees worldwide with approximately 260 locations in 41 countries. In 2019, the two then-independent companies achieved sales of €36.5 billion (ZF) and $3.4 billion (WABCO). For more information, visit: www.wabco-na.com
© 2021
ZF CV Systems North America LLC - All rights reserved - SP1375 / 2.2021 For further product details contact your distributor or the WABCO Customer Care Center at 855-228-3203.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty applies only to the cab tubular support and mounting structures and other structural components of the cab of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce
specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Cab
Ten (10) Years
- or -
100,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

The Pierce Custom Cab shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion
Cab
Ten (10) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Exterior surfaces of the cab painted by Pierce shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any:

Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking
0-72 months 100%
73-96 months 50%
97-120 months 25%
Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-36 months 100%
37-84 months 50%
85-120 months 25%
Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice
0-36 months 100%
37-48 months 50%
49-72 months 25%
73-120 months 10%
Corrosion Perforation
0-120 months 100%
This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty.

Items not covered by this warranty include:
(a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual).
(b) UV paint fade.
(c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty applies to all of the control modules for the Command Zone system, including the full color graphic displays. Related wire harnesses, cables and connectors are not covered under this limited warranty and are instead covered under the Pierce One Year Basic Apparatus Limited Warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship
Command Zone Electronics
Five (5) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Command Zone control modules shall be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty does not apply to related wire
harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:
54 Months Material and Workmanship
Camera System
Fifty - Four (54) monthsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of delivery.Warranty Begins:

This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect related to materials or workmanship of the Sharpvision
camera system installed on the apparatus occuring during th e
warranty period.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

NEW PRODUCT WARRANTY

PARTICIPATING OEM SALES

DISTRIBUTOR SALES

LIMITED WARRANTY ON NEW ALLISON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS

USED IN EMERGENCY VEHICLE APPLICATIONS

Allison Transmission will provide for repairs or replacement, at its option, during the warranty period of each new Allison transmission listed below that is installed in an Emergency Vehicle in accordance with the following te rms, conditions, and limitations.

WHAT IS COVERED
 WARRANTY APPLIES — This warranty is for new Allison transmission models listed below installed in an Emergency Vehicle and is provided to the original and any subsequent owner(s) of the vehicle during the warranty period.  REPAIRS COVERED — The warranty covers repairs or replacement, at Allison Transmission’s option, to correct any transmission malfunction resulting from defects in material or workmanship occurring during the warranty period. Needed repairs or replacements will be performed using the method Allison Transmission determines most appropriate under the circumstances.  TOWING — Towing is covered to the nearest Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission.
 PAYMENT TERMS — Warranty repairs, including parts and labor, will be covered per the schedule shown in the chart contained in section “APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE.”  OBTAINING REPAIRS — To obtain warranty repairs, take the vehicle to any Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer within a reasonable amount of time and request the needed repairs. A reasonable amount of time must be allowed for the Distributor or Dealer to perform necessary repairs.
 TRANSMISSION REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION — Labor costs for the removal and re-installation of the transmission, when necessary to make a warranty repair, are covered by this warranty.  WARRANTY PERIOD — The warranty period for all coverages shall begin on the date the transmission is delivered to the first retail purchaser, with the following exception:

Demonstration Service - A transmission in a new truck or bus may be demonstrated to a total of 5000 miles (8000 kilometers).

If the vehicle is within this limit when sold to a retail purchaser, the warranty start date is the date of purchase. Normal warranty services are applicable to the demonstrating Dealer. Should the truck or bus be sold to a retail purchaser after these limits are reached, the warranty period will begin on the date the vehicle was first placed in demonstration service and the purchaser will be entitled to the remaining warranty.

APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE

WARRANTY LIMITATIONS
(Whichever occurs first)

ADJUSTMENT CHARGE TO BE

PAID BY THE CUSTOMER APPLICABLE
MODELS
Months
Transmission Miles
Or Kilometers Parts Labor
MT, MD
3000, 3200, 3500, 3700 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Hydraulic Controls 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge AT, 1000 Series, 2000 Series,
2400 Series 0–36 No Limit No Charge No Charge
HT with Electronic Controls 0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge HD
1000 EVS, 2100 EVS, 2200 EVS
2350 EVS, 2500 EVS, 2550 EVS,
3000 EVS, 3500 EVS, 4000,
4000 EVS, 4500, 4500 EVS, 4700,
4700 EVS, 4800, 4800 EVS
0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge

Page 1 of 2 ends

Sacramento City CouncilSeptember 19, 2023

Sacramento City Council
September 19, 2023